-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, F9M3hFbOJ0dr9ffQherr4xz36OC74ZgtBPi0dFkMI8i4CA7rxXTwKNbk8BzU9IaR o8O+rIAkp2LufuiQMBU9eQ== 0000950134-09-005468.txt : 20090316 0000950134-09-005468.hdr.sgml : 20090316 20090316165359 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-09-005468 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 7 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20081231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090316 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090316 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: SPECTRANETICS CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000789132 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS [3845] IRS NUMBER: 840997049 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-19711 FILM NUMBER: 09685071 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 96 TALAMINE COURT CITY: COLORADO SPRING STATE: CO ZIP: 80907 BUSINESS PHONE: 7196338333 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 96 TALAMINE COURT CITY: COLORADO SPRINGS STATE: CO ZIP: 80907 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: THE SPECTRANETICS CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19900510 10-K 1 d66723e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the year ended December 31, 2008
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]
For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 0-19711
 
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware     84-0997049  
(State or other jurisdiction of     (I.R.S. Employer  
incorporation or organization)     Identification No. )
 
9965 Federal Drive
Colorado Springs, Colorado 80921
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:
(719) 633-8333
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $.001 par value
(Title of class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer þ   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the Registrant, as of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $302,754,426, as computed by reference to the closing sale price of the voting stock held by non-affiliates on such date. As of March 10, 2009, there were outstanding 32,143,084 shares of Common Stock.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than April 30, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III as specified herein.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
  Business     2  
  Risk Factors     20  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     36  
  Properties     36  
  Legal Proceedings     37  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     40  
 
PART II
  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     40  
  Selected Financial Data     41  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     42  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk     60  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     60  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     60  
  Controls and Procedures     61  
  Other Information     63  
 
PART III
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     63  
  Executive Compensation     63  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     63  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     63  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     63  
 
PART IV
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     64  
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  
 EX-10.56
 EX-10.57
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-32.1


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
The information set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is subject to the safe harbor created by that section. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements and to note that they speak only as of the date hereof. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements are set forth below and include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  •  Government investigations that may adversely affect our business, including the ongoing investigation by the Food and Drug Administration and the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
 
  •  Securities class action litigation and shareholder and/or other derivative litigation that is expensive and could divert management’s attention from operating our business;
 
  •  Current litigation and other legal proceedings that may adversely affect our business;
 
  •  Regulatory compliance is expensive and complex; our regulatory compliance program cannot guarantee that we are in compliance with all potentially applicable U.S. federal, state and foreign regulations;
 
  •  The highly competitive nature of the markets in which we sell our products, the introduction of competing products and competition with bigger companies with greater financial resources than we have. Specifically, competition is intensifying within the peripheral atherectomy market;
 
  •  An adverse outcome from an inspection by the Food and Drug Administration could harm our business;
 
  •  Continued or worsening adverse conditions in the general domestic and global economic markets and continued volatility and disruption of the credit markets, which, among other things, affects the ability of hospitals and other health care systems to obtain credit and may impede our access to capital;
 
  •  Ability to efficiently relocate our manufacturing operations to our leased facility in north Colorado Springs;
 
  •  Market acceptance of excimer laser atherectomy technology, including physician adoption of our products;
 
  •  Increased pressure on expense levels resulting from expanded sales, marketing, product development, clinical activities, and costs associated with the federal investigation and shareholder litigation;
 
  •  Dependence on new product development and new applications for excimer laser technology;
 
  •  Lack of success or delays in the introduction of expected new products;
 
  •  Uncertain success of our strategic direction, which relies on assumptions about the market for our products;
 
  •  Lack of success or delays with our clinical trials that may harm our business;
 
  •  Technological changes resulting in product obsolescence;
 
  •  Exposure to assertions of intellectual property claims, failure to protect our intellectual property and expiration of certain of our patents;
 
  •  Exposure to environmental and health safety laws which may result in liabilities, expenses and restrictions on our operations;
 
  •  Adverse state, federal or international legislation and regulation;
 
  •  Product defects and product recalls;
 
  •  Stock price volatility;
 
  •  Ability to effectively manage growth, attract and retain key personnel, and effectively manage acquisitions;
 
  •  Ability to manufacture sufficient volumes to fulfill customer demand;
 
  •  Availability of vendor-sourced component products which meet regulatory quality standards at reasonable prices;


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  Exposure to product liability claims;
 
  •  Exposure to exchange rate risk and other risks that come from having international operations;
 
  •  Failure of our customers to obtain third party reimbursement for their purchases of our products;
 
  •  Illiquidity of our investments in auction rate securities; and
 
  •  The risk factors listed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as those set forth in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”
 
We disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any financial projections or forward-looking statements due to new information or other events.
 
ITEM 1.   Business
 
General
 
Over our 24 year history, we have developed our proprietary excimer laser technology, along with other non-laser products, that we believe has enabled us to effectively meet the needs of physicians and their patients.
 
We develop, manufacture, market and distribute single-use medical devices used in minimally invasive procedures within the cardiovascular system, many of which are used with our proprietary excimer laser system. More than 800 Spectranetics laser systems are used in hospitals worldwide. Excimer laser technology delivers relatively cool ultraviolet energy to ablate, or remove, multiple lesion morphology types which include plaque, calcium and thrombus. Our laser system includes the CVX-300® laser unit and various disposable fiber-optic laser catheters. Our laser catheters contain up to 250 small diameter, flexible optical fibers that can access difficult to reach peripheral and coronary anatomy and produce evenly distributed laser energy at the tip of the catheter for uniform ablation. We believe that our excimer laser system is the only laser system approved in the United States, Europe, Japan and Canada for use in multiple, minimally invasive cardiovascular procedures. Our Vascular Intervention disposable products include a range of peripheral and cardiac laser catheters for ablation of occluded arteries above and below the knee and within coronary arteries. We also market non-laser aspiration catheters for the removal of thrombus and non-laser support catheters to facilitate crossing of coronary and peripheral arterial blockages. Our Lead Management disposable product line includes excimer laser sheaths and cardiac lead management accessories for the removal of pacemaker and defibrillator cardiac leads.
 
Our Vascular Intervention products are designed to treat a wide range of cardiovascular disease, including peripheral and coronary arterial disease. Peripheral arterial disease (PAD) is characterized by clogged or obstructed arteries in the upper or lower leg. The resulting lack of blood flow can cause leg pain and lead to tissue loss or amputation. According to the American Heart Association, about 8 million people in the United States have PAD, yet nearly 75% of these people do not have any symptoms or mistake the symptoms of PAD for another condition. Moreover, according to a 2004 report by the Sage Group, a market research firm, approximately 1.1 million people in the United States suffer from critical limb ischemia (CLI), an advanced form of PAD. In addition, according to this report, within six months of diagnosis, the mortality rate for CLI patients is approximately 20%, with another 35% requiring amputation, of which an estimated 160,000 amputations resulting from CLI are performed each year in the United States alone. According to a December 2007 Millennium Research Group report, there were 436,000 peripheral endovascular interventions performed in the United States during 2007 and that number is expected to grow to 682,000 in 2012.
 
Because our technology can be utilized to ablate all types of arterial blockages, we believe our system enables physicians to expand the number of minimally invasive procedures they can perform. For example, our system can be used to cross chronic total occlusions (CTO) in the heart or the leg. We believe our 0.9 mm catheters are smaller than any approved balloon angioplasty catheter or any other approved mechanical atherectomy device, which enables the treatment of smaller arteries in the lower leg.
 
We believe that physicians, including interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons, and interventional radiologists, are looking for effective minimally invasive solutions to treat PAD. We believe that balloons and stents, although commonly used to treat PAD, have not been proven to have a long-lasting clinical benefit in the legs, while


2


Table of Contents

surgical bypass and amputation carry significant patient risk and cost. Laser atherectomy has emerged as a viable treatment option for PAD, both as a stand-alone treatment and as an adjunctive treatment with other therapies, such as balloons and stents. We offer our Turbo Elite® atherectomy catheters in a broad range of sizes, enabling physicians to treat both smaller and larger diameter arteries. In addition, we believe our laser system and Turbo Elite catheter technology offer a number of patient benefits, including a minimally invasive alternative to bypass surgery and amputation, as well as more predictable outcomes in addressing PAD, reduced procedure time and a better safety profile as compared with other atherectomy devices.
 
In the coronary market, our disposable catheter devices are used to treat complex coronary artery disease as an adjunctive treatment to traditional percutaneous coronary interventions, or PCI, using balloons and stents. We have the following seven FDA approved indications:
 
  •  occluded saphenous vein bypass grafts,
 
  •  ostial lesions,
 
  •  long lesions,
 
  •  moderately calcified stenoses,
 
  •  total occlusions traversable by guidewire,
 
  •  lesions with previously failed balloon angioplasty, and
 
  •  restenosis in 316L stainless steel stents, prior to brachytherapy.
 
We are also a leader in the market for selling devices for the removal of infected, defective or abandoned pacing and defibrillation leads. We believe that well over 100,000 leads are removed from functional service every year due to infection, malfunction, system upgrade, venous occlusion, and other less common reasons. We also believe that the large majority of the non-infected portion of these leads are presently capped and left in the body as a predominant mode of practice, based on physician perception of risk associated with removal and perception that abandoned leads are benign. Data from our clinical trials indicates that the use of our lead management product line, which includes our Spectranetics Laser Sheath (SLS®) and our Lead Locking Device (LLD®) may reduce the risk of major complications associated with lead removal to less than 2%. We believe that long-term consequences associated with abandoned leads are more significant than generally believed.
 
Federal Investigation
 
On September 4, 2008, the Company was jointly served by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) with a search warrant issued by the United States District Court, District of Colorado.
 
The search warrant requested information and correspondence relating to: (i) the promotion, use, testing, marketing and sales regarding certain of the company’s products for the treatment of in-stent restenosis, payments made to medical personnel and an identified institution for this application, (ii) the promotion, use, testing, experimentation, delivery, marketing and sales of catheter guidewires and balloon catheters manufactured by certain third parties outside of the United States, (iii) two post-market studies completed during the period from 2002 to 2005 and payments to medical personnel in connection with those studies and (iv) compensation packages for certain of the company’s personnel. The Company is cooperating with the appropriate authorities regarding this matter. See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15, “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules,” for a discussion of this and other legal proceedings in which the Company is involved.
 
Spectranetics is a Delaware corporation formed in 1984. Our principal executive offices are located at 9965 Federal Drive, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80921. Our telephone number is (719) 633-8333.
 
Our corporate website is located at www.spectranetics.com. A link to a third-party website is provided at our corporate website to access our Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings free of charge promptly after


3


Table of Contents

such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We do not intend for information found on our website to be part of this document.
 
Our Products
 
Our disposable products are focused in two categories: Vascular Intervention and cardiac Lead Management.
 
Vascular Intervention Products
 
We have four primary product categories for the vascular intervention product line: Peripheral Atherectomy, Coronary Atherectomy, Thrombus Management, and Crossing Solutions.
 
Peripheral Laser Atherectomy
 
The peripheral atherectomy product line consists of a broad selection of proprietary laser catheters that are indicated for above-the-knee and below-the-knee treatments. In the periphery, laser catheters are often used as an alternative to stents and other atherectomy or thrombectomy devices. Our laser catheters are offered in sizes ranging from 0.9 to 2.5 millimeters in diameter and contain up to 250 small, flexible optical fibers mounted within a thin plastic tube. These fibers are coupled to the laser using our intelligent connector, which identifies the catheter type to our CVX-300 laser computer, and automatically controls the calibration cycle and energy output. Our laser catheter is inserted into an artery through a small incision and then guided to the site of the blockage or lesion using conventional angioplasty tools, such as guidewires. When the tip of the laser catheter has been placed at the site of the blockage or lesion, the physician activates the laser to ablate the blockage or lesion. Because our laser generates minimal heat and is a contact ablation laser that only ablates materials within 50 microns (approximately the width of a human hair) ahead of the laser tip, it is able to break down the molecular bonds of plaque, calcium and thrombus into particles, the majority of which are smaller than red blood cells, without significant thermal damage to surrounding tissue. The table below highlights our laser product offerings for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease.
 
                 
    Sizes
           
    (mm unless
      Vascular
   
    otherwise
  Regulatory
  System
   
Name   indicated)   Clearance   Indication   Key Features
 
Turbo Elite® Catheter
  0.9, 1.4, 1.7,
2.0, 2.3, 2.5
  U.S.,
Europe
  Peripheral   80-Hz; “continuous on” lasing and lubricous coating; available in rapid exchange (Rx) or over-the-wire (OTW) versions except for 2.3 and 2.5 (OTW only), which add improved ablation capability, pushability, and trackability.
Turbo-Booster®
  7French,
8French
  U.S.,
Europe
  Peripheral   Functions as a laser guiding catheter and used in conjunction with Turbo Elite laser catheter. Turbo-Booster is used to offset the distal end of the laser catheter from the central plane of the vessel lumen allowing for circumferential guidance and positioning of the laser catheter.
 
Turbo Elite® Catheters.  The Turbo Elite catheter was designed specifically for the treatment of PAD in infraninguinal arteries. It is currently indicated for the treatment of all stenoses and occlusions within the arteries of the leg and has no known contraindications. It is effective in this area due to catheter flexibility and the active ablation area covering a high percentage of the catheter tip. We believe our Turbo Elite catheter technology offers a number of patient benefits, including a minimally invasive alternative to bypass surgery and amputation, as well as more predictable outcomes in addressing PAD, reduced procedure time and a better safety profile when compared with other atherectomy devices. We believe that our Turbo Elite technology reduces the risk of distal embolization, with proper advancement technique, because our laser can ablate blockages into particles, the majority of which are smaller than red blood cells. Distal embolization occurs when particles dislodged during PCI or atherectomy create a blockage elsewhere in the vasculature.


4


Table of Contents

The Turbo Elite laser catheters, previously known as CLiRpath®, are available in 0.9, 1.4, 1.7, 2.0, 2.3 and 2.5 mm tip diameters and incorporate several advanced features (80-Hz capability, “continuous on” lasing and lubricous coating) for improved pushability, trackability and ablation capability.
 
Turbo-Booster®.  The Turbo-Booster, introduced in July 2007, functions as a laser guide catheter for the Turbo Elite laser catheters. Turbo-Booster allows for circumferential guidance and positioning of the laser catheter within the vessel. Turbo-Booster and Turbo Elite combined are engineered to remove larger amounts of plaque, create larger lumens, efficiently treat long, diffuse disease and effectively target both eccentric and concentric lesions in the superficial femoral artery (SFA) and popliteal arteries.
 
In the second half of 2009 we anticipate launching the Turbo-Booster II, a unique combination of a 7French Turbo-Booster fixated with a 2.0 mm laser catheter. Based upon the design of the current Turbo-Booster, we have made some product changes which will include the addition of a handle to facilitate proper positioning of the laser catheter on the Turbo-Booster ramp, distal tip designed to be slightly more stiff, and a device to allow for easier back loading of the guidewire into the device.
 
Coronary Laser Atherectomy
 
The coronary atherectomy product line consists of a broad selection of proprietary laser catheters that can be used in many different types of coronary artery disease (CAD) including: occluded saphenous vein bypass grafts, ostial lesions, long lesions, moderately calcified stenoses, total occlusions traversable by guidewire, lesions with previously failed balloon angioplasty, and restenosis in 316L stainless steel stents, prior to brachytherapy. In this market, our laser catheters are frequently used adjunctively with other devices such as balloons and stents. Like the peripheral laser product line, the coronary laser catheters are offered in sizes ranging from 0.9 to 2.0 millimeters in diameter and contain up to 250 small, flexible optical fibers mounted within a thin plastic tube. For the coronary catheters, the arrangement of these optical fibers is in concentric and eccentric configurations to better treat the many lesion geometries that are contained within the coronary arteries. The table below highlights our laser product offerings for the treatment of coronary artery disease.
 
             
    Sizes
       
    (mm unless
       
    otherwise
  Regulatory
   
Name   indicated)   Clearance   Key Features
 
ELCA® Laser Ablation Catheter(1)
  0.9, 1.4, 1.7,
2.0
  U.S.,
Europe
  Automatic off feature for patient safety; lubricous coating; available in rapid exchange (Rx) or over-the-wire (OTW) versions (0.9 only), available in concentric or eccentric (1.7 and 2.0 only) laser bundles for larger vessels.
 
 
(1) The ELCA Laser Ablation Catheter was formerly marketed under the brand names CLiRcross and Vitesse.
 
Thrombus Management
 
We acquired our thrombus management products from the Kensey Nash Corporation in May 2008 (see further discussion of the acquisition below under “Strategic Alliances”). The thrombus management product line consists of two thrombus removal devices intended to remove fresh, soft thrombi and emboli from vessels in the arterial system as well as to address thrombotic occlusions in dialysis grafts and fistulae. In this market, these devices are often used adjunctively with other devices such as balloons and stents. The table below highlights our thrombus management product offerings.
 


5


Table of Contents

             
        Regulatory
   
Name   Sizes   Clearance   Key Features
 
QuickCattm Catheter
  6French Guide   U.S.,
Europe,
Canada
  4.5French crossing profile, hydrophilic coating, varying stiffness catheter for pushability at proximal end and flexibility at distal end.
ThromCat® Thrombectomy
Catheter
  6French Sheath   US — AVgrafts
Europe — Coronary
and infrainguinal
(leg) arteries
  5.5French crossing profile, automatic, continuous vacuum, easy set-up, no capital equipment, completely disposable.
 
QuickCattm Catheter:  The QuickCat aspiration catheter was designed for quick deliverability and efficient thrombus removal, primarily in acute coronary cases. It is provided with a 30cc vacuum syringe for thrombus aspiration and a 40 micron filter basket for visualization of debris post-procedure. The QuickCat catheter is available with a 4.5French crossing profile and a 145cm working length and is compatible with any 6French guide catheter.
 
ThromCat® Thrombus Removal System:  The ThromCat System is a mechanical system that can remove heavier burdens or more organized thrombus. It is currently indicated for use in synthetic arterial-venous dialysis grafts and fistulae. The ThromCat System is available with a 5.5French crossing profile and a 150cm working length and is compatible with a 6French sheath.
 
Crossing Solutions
 
                 
            Vascular
   
        Regulatory
  System
   
Name   Sizes   Clearance   Indication   Key Features
 
Quick-Cross®
Support Catheter
  0.014”, 0.018”,
0.035”
  U.S.,
Europe,
Canada
  Peripheral
Coronary
  Non-laser-based accessory product designed to support and assist standard guidewires to facilitate initial crossing of blockage
Quick-Cross Extreme
  0.035”   U.S.,
Europe,
Canada
  Peripheral
Coronary
  Non-laser-based accessory product designed to support and assist standard guidewires to facilitate initial crossing of blockage
Cross-Pilottm
  0.9mm OTW
TURBO elite
  U.S.,
Europe,
Canada
  Peripheral
Coronary
  Laser accessory product designed to support and assist the 0.9mm OTW TURBO elite laser catheter in the distal peripheral anatomy. It also allows for directed irrigation to the diseased area.
Safe-Cross®
  0.014”, 0.035”   U.S.,
Europe
  Peripheral
Coronary
  Radio-frequency (RF) CTO crossing device designed to cross total occlusions with guidance and power. Optical coherence technology for intra-artery visualization of vessel wall (for safety) and RF ablation for crossing.
 
Quick-Cross® Support Catheter:  We offer our Quick-Cross support catheters in 0.014”, 0.018” and 0.035” models with straight tip configurations. These support catheters are non-laser-based accessory products designed for use in the cardiovascular system to support and assist standard guidewires to facilitate initial crossing of the blockage. They also facilitate exchange of standard guidewires without losing access to the blockage.
 
Quick-Cross Extreme.  In December 2008, we introduced the Quick-Cross Extreme, a braided support catheter offering an angled configuration. It provides enhanced pushability and torque control when crossing through challenging lesions. Most importantly, Quick-Cross Extreme offers clinicians the reliability of the current Quick-Cross in a braided and angled configuration. We plan to introduce the 0.014” and 0.018” models in late 2009.
 
Cross-Pilottm.  The Cross-Pilot was launched in the first quarter of 2009. It is a braided 0.9mm OTW Turbo Elite support catheter offered in straight and angled configurations. It provides enhanced pushability and torque

6


Table of Contents

control when guiding the laser to the diseased area. It enables more direct saline flush and contrast infusion to the distal anatomy.
 
SafeCross® RF CTO Crossing System:  The SafeCross System, acquired from Kensey Nash in 2008, is a technological solution to the difficult problem of crossing chronic total occlusions in the arterial system. The system consists of the console and disposable device. The three functions of the console are: 1) generate the radio frequency ablation energy to create a channel through the occlusive plaque, 2) house the safety technology that constantly measures the distance the device tip is from the artery wall, and 3) contain the computerized control systems which dictate when the radio frequency energy can fire based on input from the safety mechanism. The disposable device delivers three benefits to the physician where the distal tip of the device crosses through the occlusive material: 1) a steerable catheter tip to traverse the total occlusion in the lumen of the artery, 2) the forward-looking safety signal, and 3) radio frequency ablation energy. The disposable device is available in standard guidewire diameters of 0.014” (0.36mm) and 0.035” (0.89mm), straight tip and angled tip. The devices are exchange length of 275 cm.
 
Lead Management Products
 
We are also a leader in the market for selling devices for the removal of infected, defective or abandoned pacing and defibrillation leads. We believe that well over 100,000 leads are removed from functional service every year due to infection, malfunction, system upgrade, venous occlusion, and other less common reasons. We also believe that the large majority of the non-infected portion of these leads are presently capped and left in the body as a predominant mode of practice, based on physician perception of risk associated with removal and perception that abandoned leads are benign. Data from our clinical trials indicates that the use of our Spectranetics Laser Sheath resulted in a rate of major complication below 2%. We believe that long-term consequences associated with abandoned leads are more significant than generally believed.
 
We believe that one of the key drivers of our cardiac lead management business is the increased rate of implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICD) implantation. According to recent clinical research conducted by the Cardiac Rhythm Management industry, patients suffering from congestive heart failure, as well as patients who have had prior heart attacks, may have reduced mortality risk as a result of the implant of an ICD. Since the most advanced ICD systems, known as cardiac resynchronization therapy defibrillators or CRT-Ds, have more leads per device than standard pacemakers, and since defibrillation leads are typically larger in diameter than pacemaker leads, the potential for venous obstruction is increased. This is especially true in scenarios where an existing pacing system is upgraded to an ICD system resulting in a redundant ventricular pacing lead. As a result, we believe these situations lend themselves to an increased likelihood of redundant leads being removed.
 
We believe, along with many top physicians, that removal of non-functional leads in many cases, especially in relatively younger patients, serves to avoid future complicating scenarios that may occur over the course of the patient’s life with their implanted leads. Additionally, a large manufacturer of pacemakers and defibrillators and the related leads announced a recall of 235,000 leads in the United States marketed under the Fidelis brand, due to a failure rate of these leads that was higher than that of other similar leads. Although physicians are not recommending the removal of all these Fidelis leads, we expect a portion of these leads to be removed.
 
Competitive methods available to remove implanted leads include open-chest surgery and transvenous removal with other mechanical sheaths or devices using radiofrequency energy, each having particular drawbacks or limitations. For example, open-chest surgery is costly and traumatic to the patient. Mechanical sheaths rely on tearing of scar tissue to liberate a lead targeted for removal. In some cases, the mechanical tools may be enhanced with electrical energy to assist in dissecting tissue surrounding the lead.
 
Our CVX-300 excimer laser unit was initially approved by the FDA for lead removal procedures in December 1997, with several subsequent approvals and 510(k) clearances (see the “Government Regulation” section below for an explanation of the 510(k) clearance process) as we expanded our lead management product line. This product line currently includes the following:
 
Spectranetics Laser Sheath (SLS® II).  We have designed a laser-assisted lead removal device, the Spectranetics Laser Sheath, to be used with our CVX-300 excimer laser unit to remove implanted leads with minimal force. The SLS II laser sheath consists of optical fibers arranged in a circle between inner and outer polymer tubing.


7


Table of Contents

The inner opening of the device is designed to allow a lead to pass through it as the device slides over the lead and toward the tip in the heart. Following the removal of scar tissue with the laser sheath, the lead is removed from the heart with counter-traction. The SLS II laser sheath uses excimer laser energy focused through the tip of the sheath to facilitate lead removal by ablating through scar tissue surrounding the lead with low-temperature ultraviolet light. We believe that the advantages of this approach include low trauma to the surrounding veins, low occurrence of complication, and both effectiveness and time efficiency that surpasses mechanical methods.
 
Lead Locking Device (LLD®).  Our Lead Locking Device product complements our current laser sheath product line as an adjunctive mechanical tool. The LLD is a mechanical device that assists in the removal of faulty leads by providing traction on the inner aspect of the leads, which are typically constructed of wire coils covered by insulating material. The LLD is advanced like a stylet down the innermost lumen of the lead, and then the braided mesh is expanded to grip the entire length of the lead’s inner lumen as tension is applied. This traction force is sometimes sufficient to remove the lead, but typically a sheath such as the SLS II is subsequently passed over the LLD and lead to complete the removal process. We believe that other similar stylet devices on the market, which merely grip the lead near the tip, provide less traction stability to support the lead removal process. In March 2005, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the LLD E, an enhanced device that navigates more effectively within tortuous anatomy in the coronary vascular system. In 2008, we introduced a variant of this device, called LLD EZ®. Due to the materials and construction used, these models are more easily visualized under fluoroscopy than our earlier LLD products. Since the LLD line is not laser-based, it can also be used in conjunction with other mechanical sheaths for removal of pacing or defibrillation leads.
 
In 2008, one of our most significant investments included expansion of a dedicated sales team focused on Lead Management. For 2009, we will continue to invest in the Lead Management portion of our business, based on our belief that the cardiac rhythm management industry will continue to grow and that the potential lead removal market is under-penetrated. We believe that our investments in sales, marketing, training, and product development will fuel continued growth in our Lead Management business in 2009 and beyond.
 
Clinical Trials
 
We support many of our new product initiatives with clinical studies in order to obtain regulatory approval and provide certain marketing data. Our clinical and regulatory departments are focused on developing the necessary clinical data to achieve regulatory clearance and expanded indications for our existing and emerging products around the world. The goal of a clinical trial is to meet the primary endpoint, which measures the clinical effectiveness, performance and safety of a device, which is the basis for FDA approval. Primary endpoints for clinical trials are selected based on the intended benefit of the medical device. Although clinical trial endpoints are measurements at an individual patient level, the results are extrapolated to an entire population of patients based on clinical similarities to patients in the clinical trials. The following is a summary of our key current and planned clinical trials, as well as a description of key historical trials that have concluded or are substantially complete. The trials listed below are intended to represent the significant trials we have commenced and, as such, may not be a complete listing of every trial conducted or underway. Furthermore, we can provide no assurance that each of the trials underway will be completed or that the clinical results of these trials will be favorable.
 
Current Vascular Intervention Clinical Trials
 
PATENT.  The Photo Ablation Using the Turbo-Booster and Excimer Laser for In-Stent Restenosis Treatment, or PATENT, trial is a prospective, multi-center registry for the evaluation of the safety and performance of Spectranetics CE-marked peripheral atherectomy laser catheters used in conjunction with Turbo-Booster catheters for the treatment of certain patients presenting with in- stent restenosis of nitinol stents implanted within femoropopliteal arteries. We have engaged a third-party clinical research organization (CRO) to conduct this study, in which up to 100 subjects are expected to be enrolled at up to 10 sites in Germany. To date, 37 subjects have been enrolled at five centers.
 
TAAMI.  The Thrombus Ablation in Acute Myocardial Infarction, or TAAMI, study is a multicenter, prospectively randomized clinical trial to be conducted at 5 centers in Poland. Up to 200 patients presenting with acute myocardial infarction (AMI), or heart attack, will be enrolled. The study objectives are: 1) to assess


8


Table of Contents

whether Excimer Laser Coronary Ablation (ELCA) before direct stenting results in improved reperfusion success in patients presenting with acute ST wave elevation myocardial infarction (STEMI) and angiographically evident thrombus, versus balloon angioplasty and stenting and (2) to validate an ELCA technique for the treatment of STEMI, at high-volume centers experienced in the treatment of AMI. The study will utilize an independent data safety monitoring board, and angiographic and electrocardiographic core laboratories. The follow-up period is 30 days for primary safety endpoint data and 180 days to collect secondary safety endpoint data. To date 53 subjects have been enrolled at the five centers.
 
SALVAGE.  A prospective, multicenter trial to evaluate the safety and performance of Spectranetics’ laser with adjunctive percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA) and the Gore VIABAHN® covered stent for the treatment of superficial femoral artery in-stent restenosis (ISR), SALVAGE is a physician-sponsored investigative device exemption (IDE) by the Vascular Interventional Advances (VIVA) Physicians Inc. and is co-funded by W.L. Gore and Spectranetics. The study will evaluate the effectiveness of this combination therapy as a treatment for patients with chronic lower limb ischemia associated with femoro-popliteal nitinol in-stent restenosis. Up to 100 patients with ISR of the SFA were to be enrolled in SALVAGE at up to 15 sites in the U.S.
 
The SALVAGE trial began in November 2007, and in September 2008, was suspended by VIVA Physicians, Inc. At that date, 27 of the planned 100 patients with ISR in the SFA had been enrolled. VIVA elected to temporarily suspend enrollment in the study after being contacted by the FDA about a potential safety concern relating to the laser device. On September 11, 2008, Spectranetics submitted to the FDA a report entitled “Nitinol Ablation / Fatigue Testing Results” that indicates stents subjected to extensive fatigue testing following laser interaction had no fatigue-related failures. The testing that was the basis of this report began in December 2007 following development of a testing protocol reviewed by and agreed upon with the FDA. The FDA did not have this report at the time they contacted VIVA regarding their potential concern. The Company is working with the FDA to provide all information associated with laser interaction with stents. There can be no assurance as to when, if at all, the SALVAGE trial will be resumed.
 
Current Lead Management Clinical Trial
 
LEXICON.  The Lead Extraction in Contemporary Settings, or LEXICON, trial is an observational, multi-center retrospective data collection study of consecutive laser lead extractions utilizing the lead management SLS II system, evaluating factors affecting success and complications. The study included 13 centers in the U.S. and 1,449 data sets. The objectives of the study were to (1) gather retrospective data related to safety and effectiveness of the lead management SLS II lead extraction system and (2) describe any relationships that exist between complication rates and perceived clinical factors, such as physician proficiency, age of lead, number of leads, patient co-morbidities, etc. Three abstracts from the study have been submitted to and accepted by the Heart Rhythm Society for presentation during its May 2009 meeting.
 
Historical Clinical Trials
 
The CELLO trial was a pivotal IDE clinical trial for our Turbo-Booster catheter in the treatment of larger diameter arteries within the legs. We enrolled 65 patients in the trial at 17 sites in the United States and Europe. The trial included patients with stenoses and occlusions that were greater than or equal to 70% and less than or equal to 100% of the vessel lumen within arteries four to seven millimeters in diameter. Three independent core labs analyzed the angiographic, intravascular ultrasound, and duplex ultrasound data from the trial. The primary endpoints of the trial were the achievement of a minimum 20% reduction in the percent diameter stenosis post-laser compared to pre-intervention and major adverse events. The reduction in percent diameter stenosis following the use of the Turbo-Booster was 35% and there were no major adverse events reported through 6 months following the procedure. As a result, the primary endpoints were met. Further, the durability of the procedure was demonstrated through freedom from target lesion revascularization in 77% of the patients through twelve months following enrollment. Significant improvements in all clinical outcomes measured twelve months following the procedure were noted, including Rutherford category, ankle-brachial index and walking impairment. Based on a review of the data, in June 2007, we received clearance from the FDA to market our Turbo-Booster product for the treatment of arterial stenoses and occlusions in the leg. The Turbo-Booster functions as a guiding catheter facilitating directed ablation of blockages in the main arteries at or above the knee. The Turbo-Booster combined with Turbo Elite laser


9


Table of Contents

catheters allows for removal of large amounts of plaque material within the SFA and popliteal arteries. This approval represented a broader indication for use as compared to previous labeling of the existing peripheral laser catheters.
 
The Extended Flow in Acute Myocardial Infarction patients after Laser Intervention trial, or Extended FAMILI trial, was a feasibility trial to rapidly restore blood flow in patients who have had a heart attack. This trial benchmarked quantitative endpoints common in other AMI trials, such as myocardial blush scores and ST-segment resolution, which is a measurement of heart muscle recovery following restoration of bloodflow to the heart after a heart attack, for a subset of patients. Enrollment in the trial was completed in 2005. The data from the trial was presented at the Trans Catheter Therapeutic (TCT) convention held in Washington, D.C. in October 2006. The myocardial blush scores compared favorably with other clinical trials using other thrombectomy or distal protection devices.
 
FDA clearance for use of our CVX-300 laser for the treatment of CTOs in the leg that are not crossable with a guidewire was based on the LACI trial, which dealt with multi-vessel PAD in patients presenting with CLI who are not eligible for bypass surgery. The LACI trial enrolled 145 patients at 15 domestic and several European sites. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effectiveness of laser-assisted PCI for CLI patients who were poor candidates for surgical revascularization, and, as a result, at a higher risk for amputation. The primary endpoint was limb salvage for a six-month follow-up period. Data from the trial indicated a 93% success rate as compared with 87% in the historical control group of 789 patients treated with a variety of standard therapies, including bypass surgery. There were no statistical differences in serious adverse events between the LACI group and the historical control group. Although the clinical trial endpoints were achieved, the advisory panel to the FDA recommended non-approval in October 2003, citing concerns over the non-randomized nature of the trial, use of a historical control group, and the inability to distinguish the specific benefit of laser treatment, since it was used adjunctively with balloons and stents. The FDA, which generally follows the advisory panel’s recommendation, issued a non-approval letter following the panel meeting. Based on input at the advisory panel meeting and subsequent discussions with the FDA, we elected to pursue 510(k) clearance to market our products to patients who have total occlusions that are not crossable with a guidewire, which is a subset of the LACI data. On January 14, 2004, we submitted data on 47 patients that showed a 95% limb salvage rate among the surviving patients six months after the procedure. The data consisted of 28 patients from the LACI trial supplemented with an additional 19 patients treated at two other sites that were not part of the original LACI trial, but followed the LACI trial protocol. There was no difference in serious adverse events as compared with the entire set of patients treated in the LACI trial. We received 510(k) clearance from the FDA on April 29, 2004.
 
The Peripheral Excimer Laser Angioplasty, or PELA, trial enrolled 250 patients in a randomized trial comparing excimer laser treatment followed with balloon angioplasty to balloon angioplasty alone. The trial was designed to test the safety and efficacy of treating total occlusions of at least 10 cm in length within the superficial femoral artery. The trial was designed to determine if the laser group was superior to the balloon only group. The clinical results showed equivalence in most study endpoints, including the primary endpoint, which was primary patency (the degree in which the artery is open) as measured by a less than 50% diameter stenosis (blockage) at one year by ultrasound with no reintervention; however, fewer stents were used in the laser arm of the trial. The largest catheters used in the trial were 2.5 mm in diameter as compared to artery sizes treated in excess of 6.0 mm in diameter. We believe that the low catheter diameter in relation to artery diameter adversely affected results.
 
Initial FDA approval for use of our excimer laser for coronary indications was based on the results of the Percutaneous Excimer Laser Coronary Angioplasty Study, or PELCA, which evaluated a registry of laser usage in blocked coronary arteries and served as the basis for the FDA approval for our technology in 1993.
 
With respect to our cardiac lead removal products, the Pacemaker Lead Extraction with the Excimer Sheath, or PLEXES, clinical trial was completed in October 1996 and demonstrated that use of our SLS increased the complete lead removal success rate to 94% as compared with 64% for mechanical lead removal techniques. This was a randomized trial that enrolled more than 750 patients. Another study completed in 1999 and published in December 2000 in the Journal of Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology reported that using both our SLS and LLD increased our success rate to 98%.


10


Table of Contents

Strategic Alliances
 
Kensey Nash.  On May 30, 2008, we completed the acquisition of the endovascular business of Kensey Nash Corporation (KNC). Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement among us and KNC, we purchased from KNC all of the assets related to KNC’s QuickCat, ThromCat and SafeCross product lines for $11.7 million in cash, including acquisition costs of $0.8 million and including a first milestone payment of $1.0 million paid to KNC in October 2008. Under the terms of the Agreement, we will pay KNC an additional $6 million once cumulative sales of the acquired products reach $20 million, and up to $7 million is payable based on various product development and regulatory milestones associated with the next generation ThromCat devices.
 
We simultaneously entered into a Manufacturing and License Agreement pursuant to which KNC will manufacture for us the endovascular products which we acquired under the Asset Purchase Agreement, and we will purchase such products exclusively from KNC for specified time periods. Revenue from these products subsequent to the acquisition date is included in our reported vascular intervention disposable products revenue and totaled $3.2 million in 2008.
 
Additionally, we also entered into a Development and Regulatory Services Agreement with KNC pursuant to which KNC will conduct work to develop, on our behalf, certain next-generation SafeCross and ThromCat products at KNC’s expense. We will own all intellectual property resulting from this development work. If clinical studies are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for those next-generation products, the costs will be shared equally by us and KNC. KNC additionally will be responsible, at its own expense, for regulatory filings with the FDA that are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for the next-generation products.
 
ELANA.  In 2004, we entered into a series of agreements with ELANA BV, a private company based in the Netherlands, which provides for us to supply laser systems and to develop and supply catheters to ELANA BV pursuant to their design requirements. A cross-licensing arrangement of selected intellectual property rights of Spectranetics and ELANA BV is also a part of the agreements. The products subject to these agreements are marketed by ELANA BV in Europe for use primarily in neurovascular bypass surgery. The products are also used in the United States in connection with clinical research conducted by ELANA.
 
Excimer Laser-Assisted Non-occlusive Anastomosis, or ELANA, is the only known surgical technique that enables surgeons to create a bypass without occluding the recipient vessel, ensuring continued blood supply during an operation. To make the anastomosis, which is the connection for the bypass graft, a platinum implant is attached onto the outside wall of the recipient vessel. The end of the bypass graft is stitched to the wall of the recipient vessel, using the implant as a guide. A specialized laser catheter is inserted through the bypass graft to the wall of the recipient vessel. Laser ablation is used to create a hole in the artery wall and the laser catheter removes the disc, enabling blood flow to the recipient vessel. Revenue derived from the sale of laser systems and single-use devices pursuant to the ELANA agreements was approximately $0.7 million for the year ended 2008.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Our sales goals are to increase the use of laser catheters and other disposable devices and to increase the installed base of our laser systems. We seek to educate and train physicians and institutions regarding the safety, efficacy, ease of use and growing number of applications addressed by our excimer laser technology through published studies of clinical applications and our various training initiatives. By leveraging the success of existing product applications, we hope to promote the use of our technology in new applications.
 
Providing customers with answers about the cost of acquisition, use of the laser, types of lesions addressable by our excimer laser system and reimbursement codes is critical to the education process. Through the following marketing and distribution strategy, both in the United States and internationally, we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize not only on our core competency of our excimer laser technology in peripheral and coronary atherectomy, but also in lead extraction and in other new areas of development for excimer laser technology in the cardiovascular system.


11


Table of Contents

Domestic Operations
 
According to a 2001 report by the Society of Cardiovascular Angiography and Interventions, there were over 2,100 cardiac catheterization laboratories operating in the United States in 2001. Our goal is to expand our customer base by continuing to focus our sales efforts on the 1,000 hospitals with cardiac catheter labs that we believe perform the highest volume of interventional procedures, as well as on stand-alone peripheral intervention practices. Since 2004, we have tripled the size of our sales organization.
 
U.S. Sales Organization.  At the beginning of 2008, we made a strategic decision to split our U.S. sales organization into two separate groups, one focusing on vascular intervention, and the other focusing on lead management. This split was made on the belief that while the laser is common to both atherectomy and lead extraction, there are very different selling strategies and physician specialties for these applications. A discussion of each of our sales teams follows:
 
Vascular Intervention Sales Team.  At December 31, 2008, our vascular intervention sales team was comprised of 77 field sales employees. Region sales managers are responsible for the overall management of a region, including sales of lasers and disposable products. They are directly responsible for the performance of the sales representatives in their district. Territory sales managers focus on the sale of lasers and disposable products and assist in training our customers and establishing relationships with physicians for the purpose of expanding their use of our laser devices within the accounts in their territory. Clinical specialists support the territory sales managers by standing in on cases, assisting in catheter and laser parameter selection, and helping ensure proper protocol and technique is used by clinicians. Most of these clinical specialists have extensive prior experience working at a hospital in the operating lab and electrophysiologist lab. Our vascular intervention sales team members primarily work with interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists who perform vascular procedures which are done on a more regular basis and with a generally lower risk of complication and a wider range of treatment options, as compared with lead management.
 
Lead Management Sales Team.  At December 31, 2008, our lead management sales team was comprised of 35 field based personnel. Our regional managers have a similar role to their vascular intervention counterparts. Business development managers establish relationships primarily with electrophysiologists as well as cardiac surgeons, and coordinate the support of the clinical specialists required for these procedures. Clinical specialists support the business development managers by standing in on cases, assisting in catheter and laser parameter selection, and helping ensure proper protocol and technique is used by clinicians. Most of these clinical specialists have extensive prior experience working at a hospital in the operating lab and electrophysiologist lab.
 
As of December 31, 2008 we had 112 field sales employees in our combined vascular intervention and lead management sales groups. The 112 field sales employees compares with 104 as of December 31, 2007. We believe the split of our sales organization into two separate groups has provided and will continue to provide expanded and focused resources on both markets in which we participate: Vascular Intervention and Lead Management.
 
As of December 31, 2008, our field team in the United States also included field service engineers who are responsible for the installation of each laser and participation in the training program at each site. We provide a one-year warranty on laser sales, which includes parts, labor and replacement gas. Upon expiration of the warranty period, we offer service to our customers under annual service contracts or on a fee-for-service basis.
 
We are focused on expanding our product line and developing an appropriate infrastructure to support sales growth, and we have increased our sales and marketing capabilities over the last few years through the addition of personnel to our sales organization. Since the use of excimer laser technology is highly specialized, our marketing product managers and direct sales team must have extensive knowledge about the use of our products and the various physician groups we serve. Our marketing activities are designed to support our direct sales teams and include advertising and product publicity in trade journals, newsletters, continuing education programs, and attendance at trade shows and professional association meetings. We currently have two defined marketing teams, supporting our two newly created sales organizations, which include product managers and associate product managers who are responsible for global marketing activities for each of our target markets.


12


Table of Contents

International Operations
 
We market and sell our products in Europe, the Middle East and Russia through Spectranetics International, B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary, and Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Spectranetics International, B.V., as well as through distributors. Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH, formerly Kensey Nash Europe GmbH, was acquired from the Kensey Nash Corporation in May 2008.
 
During 2008, we sold our products through direct sales operations in Germany, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg and Switzerland. We sold products in other countries through a network of local country distributors. In 2008, Spectranetics International, B.V. and Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH revenues totaled $11.7 million, or 11% of our revenue compared with $7.7 million, or 9% of our revenue in 2007. We received expanded reimbursement for our products in Germany and Belgium during 2007.
 
At December 31, 2008, our international sales team was comprised of 14 sales, sales management and distribution management personnel. These sales professionals sold both the Vascular Intervention and Lead Management products. As of December 31, 2008, our international field service team also included 3 service engineers who are responsible for the installation of each laser and participation in the training program at each site.
 
In addition to the operations of Spectranetics International, B.V. and Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH, we conduct international business in Japan and other selected countries in the Pacific Rim and Latin America through distributors. We also have a direct sales presence in Puerto Rico which falls under our international operations. In 2008, revenue from these foreign operations totaled $2.1 million, or 2% of our revenue, compared with $2.2 million, or 3% of our revenue, in 2007. In conjunction with our Japanese Market Authorization Holder (MAH), DVx Inc., we have regulatory approval from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare (MHLW) to market our laser and various models of our coronary and lead extraction catheters in Japan. We have submitted an application for reimbursement approval for these products in Japan to the MHLW. We do not expect our sales in Japan to increase unless and until reimbursement approval is attained. We are working with our current MAH to secure reimbursement approval in Japan, but we cannot assure you that our revenue in Japan will in fact increase if reimbursement approval is received. In addition, we are in various stages of the submission process to obtain regulatory approval in Japan for some of our newer products. Foreign sales may be subject to certain risks, including export/import licenses, tariffs, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, other trade regulations and foreign medical regulations and reimbursement. Tariff and trade policies, domestic and foreign tax and economic policies, exchange rate fluctuations and international monetary conditions have not significantly affected our business to date.
 
Competition
 
The medical device industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other activities of industry participants. Our most direct competitors are manufacturers of atherectomy products that primarily use mechanical methods to remove arterial blockages in the peripheral and coronary. We also compete against manufacturers of products used in adjunctive or alternative therapies within the peripheral and coronary atherectomy markets, such as balloon angioplasty and stents (peripheral), bypass surgery (peripheral and coronary) and amputation (peripheral).
 
Although balloon angioplasty and stents are used extensively in the coronary vascular system, we do not compete directly with these products. Rather, our laser technology is used as an adjunctive treatment to balloon angioplasty and stents in complex coronary and peripheral procedures.
 
Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and technical resources than we do. Larger competitors have a broader product line, which enables them to offer customers bundled purchase contracts and quantity discounts, and more experience than we have in research and development, marketing, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining FDA and foreign regulatory approvals and marketing approved products. Our competitors may discover technologies and techniques, or enter into partnerships with collaborators, in order to develop competing products that are more effective or less costly than the products we develop. This may render our technology or products obsolete and noncompetitive. Academic institutions, government agencies, and other public and private research organizations may seek patent protection with respect to potentially competitive products or technologies and may establish exclusive collaborative or


13


Table of Contents

licensing relationships with our competitors. As a result, our competitors may be better equipped than we are to develop, manufacture, market and sell competing products. We expect competition to intensify.
 
We believe that primary competitive factors in the interventional cardiology market include:
 
  •  the ability to treat a variety of lesions safely and effectively as demonstrated by credible clinical data;
 
  •  the impact of managed care practices, related reimbursement to the healthcare provider, and procedure costs;
 
  •  ease of use;
 
  •  size and effectiveness of sales forces; and
 
  •  research and development capabilities.
 
Manufacturers of atherectomy or thrombectomy devices include ev3 Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation, Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., Pathway Medical Technologies, Inc., Possis Medical, Inc. and Straub Medical AG.
 
We also compete with companies marketing lead extraction devices or removal methods, such as mechanical sheaths. In the lead removal market, we compete in the United States and internationally with lead removal devices manufactured by Cook Vascular Inc. and we compete in Europe with lead removal devices manufactured by VascoMed.
 
Manufacturing
 
We manufacture substantially all of our product lines with the exception of products acquired from Kensey Nash in 2008 (Quick-Cross Extreme and Cross-Pilot catheters are delivered to us assembled, ready for final pack). We have vertically integrated a number of manufacturing processes in an effort to provide increased quality and reliability of the components used in the production process. Many of our manufacturing processes are proprietary. We believe that our level of manufacturing integration allows us to better control lead time, costs, quality and process advancements, to accelerate new product development cycle time, to provide greater design flexibility and to scale manufacturing, should market demand increase.
 
Our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by federal and state and other regulatory authorities, including Quality System Regulations (QSR) compliance inspections by the FDA and ISO compliance inspections by TÜV, which is a private company authorized by European medical agencies to assess and certify compliance with regulatory requirements. We have undergone nine inspections by the FDA for QSR compliance since 1990, and TÜV has conducted an inspection each year since 1993. Each inspection resulted in a limited number of noted observations, to which we believe we have provided adequate responses.
 
We purchase certain components of our CVX-300 laser unit from several sole source suppliers. In addition, most raw materials, components and subassemblies used in our disposable devices are purchased from outside suppliers and are generally readily available from multiple sources. While we believe we could obtain replacement components from alternative suppliers, we may be unable to do so. The loss of any of these suppliers could result in a disruption in our production. In addition, we may encounter difficulties in scaling up production of laser units and disposable devices and hiring and training additional qualified manufacturing personnel. Any of these difficulties could lead to quarterly fluctuations in operating results and adversely affect us.
 
During 2008, we moved several manufacturing lines producing 510(k) product to our expanded leased facility in north Colorado Springs, which includes approximately 17,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing space. All product currently built at our new facility can be shipped within the U.S. market. Recent site approval from TÜV will allow us to also ship product built at the new facility to CE Mark countries. Further approvals are needed from the FDA and TÜV before the laser and certain disposable product lines can be manufactured at the new facility, primarily products that were initially approved under the PMA process (see the “Government Regulation” section below for an explanation of the PMA process), and we currently anticipate that the move of all manufacturing functions will be substantially completed by the end of 2009. We may experience difficulties in efficiently relocating our manufacturing operations in a manner that is approved by the FDA and TÜV as required, and any difficulties in this endeavor could lead to quarterly fluctuations in operating results and adversely affect us.


14


Table of Contents

Patents and Proprietary Rights
 
We hold 58 issued U.S. patents, including 21 acquired as part of the Kensey Nash acquisition, and have rights to 15 additional U.S. patents under license agreements. We also hold nine issued patents in each of Germany and the United Kingdom, eight issued patents in France, seven in Italy, six in Japan and four in the Netherlands. Also, we hold 33 pending U.S. patent applications and 26 pending foreign patent applications. Our patents cover the connection (coupler) between our laser catheters and the laser unit, general features of the laser system, the use of the laser and our catheters together, and specific design features of our catheters.
 
Two of our licensed patents, relating to a laser method for severing or removing blockages within the body, expired in August and November 2005, respectively, and another of our licensed patents relating to the use of a laser in a body lumen expired in July 2006. In addition, certain of the coupler patents and system patents expire in 2010. We are currently exploring new technology and design changes that may extend the patent protection for the coupler and system patents; however, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in doing so.
 
In 2007, we purchased a patent from a director of the Company in the amount of $150,000, which includes provisions for royalties to be paid to the director based our sales of QuickCat products that use inventions claimed by the patent. During 2008, we entered into a license agreement with Medtronic, which granted them a non-exclusive paid-up license to this patent and settled patent infringement litigation we had initiated.
 
Any patents for which we have applied may not be granted. Our patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to provide us with any competitive advantage. Our patents could be challenged as invalid or circumvented by competitors. In addition, we have limited patent protection in foreign countries, and the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. We could be adversely affected if any of our licensors terminates our licenses to use patented technology.
 
It is our policy to require our employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. Each agreement provides that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of the relationship will be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specified circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions developed by the individual shall be our exclusive property, other than inventions unrelated to our business and developed entirely on the employee’s own time. There can be no assurance that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of such information.
 
We also rely on trade secrets and unpatented know-how to protect our proprietary technology and may be vulnerable to competitors who attempt to copy our products or gain access to our trade secrets and know-how.
 
We are party to several non-exclusive license agreements pursuant to which we license patents covering basic areas of laser technology and pay a royalty. We also pay a royalty under exclusive license agreements for patents covering laser-assisted lead removal and certain aspects of excimer laser technology in our products. In addition, we acquired an exclusive license for a proprietary catheter coating under which we pay a royalty.
 
We are party to a patent license agreement dated February 28, 1997 with Medtronic, Inc. pursuant to which Medtronic has granted us a worldwide exclusive license to commercialize products using certain Medtronic patents and technology related to our SLS device. The license agreement expires on the date of expiration of the last licensed patent unless terminated earlier as a result of breach, insolvency, or our failure to perform for more than 180 days within any 12-month period due to force majeure. We pay Medtronic royalties as a specified percentage of net sales of products using the licensed Medtronic patents. For fiscal 2008, we incurred royalties of approximately $0.9 million to Medtronic under this license agreement.
 
We are party to an amended vascular laser angioplasty catheter license agreement with SurModics pursuant to which SurModics has granted us a worldwide non-exclusive license to use a lubricious coating that is applied to our products using certain SurModics patents. We pay SurModics royalties as a specified percentage of net sales of products using their patents or a quarterly minimum royalty. The license agreement expires on the later of the date of expiration of the last licensed patent or the fifteenth anniversary of the date a licensed product is first sold unless


15


Table of Contents

terminated earlier (1) by either party if the other party is involved with insolvency, dissolution or bankruptcy proceedings, (2) by us upon 90 days’ advance written notice, or (3) by SurModics upon 60 days’ advance written notice if we have failed to perform our obligations under the agreement and have not cured such breach during such 60-day period, or if the amount of royalties we pay SurModics is not greater than specified levels. For fiscal 2008, we incurred royalties of approximately $0.6 million to SurModics under this license agreement.
 
In 2004, we purchased certain intellectual property assets related to our Turbo-Booster product from Peripheral Solutions, Inc. (PSI). Pursuant to our agreement with PSI, we have made payments to PSI upon the completion of certain sales and FDA approval milestones. The next contingent milestone payments would be in the amount of $100,000, based on issuance of the first U.S. patent relating to the intellectual property assets, and $1.0 million upon the sale of the first 100,000 units of the Turbo-Booster product.
 
Litigation concerning patents and proprietary rights is time-consuming, expensive, unpredictable and could divert the efforts of our management. An adverse ruling could subject us to significant liability, require us to seek licenses and restrict our ability to manufacture and sell our products. We are and have in the past been a party to legal proceedings involving our intellectual property and may be a party to future proceedings. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”
 
Research and Development
 
From inception through 1988, our primary emphasis in research and development was on the CVX-300 laser unit. Since 1988, our research and development efforts have focused on refinement of the CVX-300 laser unit, as well as on development of disposable catheter devices to address a broad range of cardiovascular applications. Currently our product development and technology teams are focused on the development of additional disposable devices addressing the vascular intervention and lead management markets, as well as the development of our next-generation laser platform.
 
Our team of research scientists, engineers and technicians supported by third-party research and engineering organizations as needed, performs substantially all of our research and development activities. Our research and development expense, which also includes clinical studies and regulatory costs, totaled $11.4 million in 2008, $9.1 million in 2007 and $8.1 million in 2006. In 2008, we also expensed $3.8 million of in-process research and development related to a development project acquired from Kensey Nash in May 2008. We expect our research and development costs to increase in 2009 as we advance clinical research focused on peripheral arterial disease, as well as increased product development activities.
 
Third-Party Reimbursement
 
Our CVX-300 laser unit and related disposable devices are generally purchased by hospitals and stand-alone peripheral intervention practices, which then bill various third party payers for the healthcare services provided to their patients. These payers include Medicare, Medicaid and private insurance payers. Most public and private insurance payers base their coverage and payment systems upon the Medicare Program. Medicare coverage policies and payment rates depend on the setting in which the services are performed. For inpatient hospital services, hospitals generally are reimbursed for inpatient operating costs under the hospital inpatient prospective payment system, or IPPS. Payment under IPPS is determined by the patient’s condition and other patient data and procedures performed during the inpatient stay, which are classified into a Diagnosis-Related Group, or DRG. IPPS payment amounts, therefore, do not necessarily reflect the actual cost of the medical device used or the services provided. Hospitals performing inpatient procedures using our technology are paid the applicable DRG payment rate for the inpatient stay. For outpatient hospital services, payments also are made under a prospective payment system — the hospital outpatient prospective payment system, or OPPS. OPPS payments are based on Ambulatory Payment Classifications, or APCs, under which each procedure is categorized. Most procedures are assigned to APCs with other procedures that are comparable clinically and in terms of resources. In addition to payments made to hospitals for procedures using our technology, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services make separate payments to physicians for their professional services. Payments to physicians are made under the national Medicare Physicians Fee Schedule. Procedure costs and payment rates vary depending on the complexity of the procedure, various patient factors and geographical location. Private payers have, in the past, provided limited coverage for certain


16


Table of Contents

laser treatments and procedures, and they may institute new policies that negatively impact reimbursement levels or coverage of our products.
 
We believe that lead removal procedures using the SLS and LLD are typically reimbursed using the same codes for non-laser lead removal or lead removal and replacement. Hospital outpatient and physician services billing and reimbursement codes differentiate atherectomy procedures from PCI procedures utilizing only balloons or only balloons and stents. We cannot provide assurances that the billing codes currently available will continue to be recognized by third-party payers for use by our customers.
 
Most third-party payers currently cover and reimburse for procedures using our products. Certain private payers have determined that some procedures in which our technology is used should not be covered. While we believe that a laser atherectomy procedure offers a less costly alternative for the treatment of certain types of cardiovascular disease, we cannot assure you that the procedure will receive adequate coverage and reimbursement and will be viewed as cost-effective under future coverage and reimbursement guidelines or other healthcare payment systems, especially when used adjunctively with other therapies, such as balloons and stents.
 
Government Regulation
 
Overview of Medical Device Regulation
 
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. FDA regulations govern, among other things, the following activities that we will perform:
 
  •  product design, development, manufacture and testing;
 
  •  product labeling;
 
  •  product storage;
 
  •  premarket clearance or approval;
 
  •  advertising and promotion;
 
  •  product sales and distribution; and
 
  •  post-market safety reporting.
 
To be commercially distributed in the United States, medical devices must receive either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval (PMA) prior to marketing from the FDA pursuant to the FDCA. Devices deemed to pose relatively less risk are placed in either Class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit a pre-market notification requesting permission for commercial distribution; this is known as 510(k) pre-market notification. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a pre-amendment Class III device for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications are placed in Class III requiring PMA.
 
510(k) Clearance Pre-market Notification Pathway.  To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent in intended use and in safety and effectiveness to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976. The FDA’s 510(k) pre-market notification pathway usually takes from three to six months, but it can last longer.
 
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may retroactively require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) or PMA approval. The FDA also can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) or PMA approval is obtained.


17


Table of Contents

PMA Pathway.  A product not eligible for 510(k) clearance must follow the PMA pathway, which requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. The PMA pathway is much more costly, lengthy and uncertain. It generally takes from one to three years, but may take longer.
 
A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with accepted Quality System Regulations (QSR), which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.
 
Upon submission, the FDA determines if the PMA application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, and, if so, the application is accepted for filing. The FDA then commences an in-depth review of the PMA application, which can take one to three years, but may take longer. The review time is often significantly extended as a result of the FDA asking for more information or clarification of information already provided. The FDA also may respond with a “not approvable” determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical trials that are often expensive and time consuming and can delay approval for months or even years. During the review period, an FDA advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, likely will be convened to review the application and recommend to the FDA whether, or upon what conditions, the device should be approved. Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendation is important to the FDA’s overall decision making process.
 
If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, the FDA typically issues an “approvable letter” requiring the applicant’s agreement to specific conditions (e.g., changes in labeling) or specific additional information (e.g., submission of final labeling) in order to secure final approval of the PMA application. Once the approvable letter is satisfied, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the manufacturer. The PMA can include postapproval conditions that the FDA believes are necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in enforcement action, which could have material adverse consequences, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval.
 
Even after a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the product covered by the original PMA.
 
Clinical Trials.  A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application and is sometimes required for a 510(k) pre-market notification. In some cases, one or more smaller IDE studies may precede a pivotal clinical trial intended to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the investigational device.
 
All clinical studies of investigational devices must be conducted in compliance with the FDA’s requirements. If an investigational device could pose a significant risk to patients (as defined in the regulations), the FDA must approve an IDE application prior to initiation of investigational use. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The FDA typically grants IDE approval for a specified number of patients to be treated at specified study centers. A non-significant risk device does not require FDA approval of an IDE. Both significant risk and non-significant risk investigational devices require approval from institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the study centers where the device will be used.
 
During the study, the sponsor must comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices, and comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements. The IDE requirements apply to all investigational devices, whether considered significant or nonsignificant risk. Prior to granting PMA, the FDA typically inspects the records relating to the conduct of the study and the clinical data supporting the PMA application for compliance with IDE requirements.


18


Table of Contents

Although the FDA Quality System Regulations do not fully apply to investigational devices, the requirement for controls on design and development does apply. The sponsor also must manufacture the investigational device in conformity with the quality controls described in the IDE application and any conditions of IDE approval that the FDA may impose with respect to manufacturing.
 
Postmarket.  After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: FDA labeling regulations that prohibit manufacturers from promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses, the Medical Device Reporting regulation (which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur), and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA).
 
The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as:
 
  •  fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
 
  •  recall or seizure of products;
 
  •  operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
 
  •  refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products;
 
  •  withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs already granted; and
 
  •  criminal prosecution.
 
We cannot assure that the FDA will approve our current or future PMA applications or supplements or 510(k) applications on a timely basis or at all. The absence of such approvals could have a material adverse impact on our ability to generate future revenue.
 
Labeling and promotional activities are also subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain instances, by the Federal Trade Commission. The FDA actively enforces regulations prohibiting marketing of products for unapproved uses.
 
International sales of our products are subject to foreign regulations, including health and medical safety regulations. The regulatory review process varies from country to country. Many countries also impose product standards, packaging and labeling requirements, and import restrictions on devices. Exports of products that have been approved by the FDA do not require FDA authorization for export. However, foreign countries often require a FDA Certificate to Foreign Government verifying that the product complies with FDCA requirements. To obtain a Certificate to Foreign Government, the device manufacturer must certify to the FDA that the product has been granted approval in the United States and that the manufacturer and the exported products are in substantial compliance with the FDCA and all applicable or pertinent regulations. The FDA may refuse to issue a Certificate to Foreign Government if significant outstanding Quality System violations exist.
 
With respect to our international operations, in November 1994, we received ISO 9001 certification from TÜV, which allows us to manufacture products for use in the European Community within compliance of the manufacturing quality regulations. In addition, we received CMDCAS (Canadian) certification by TÜV during January 2002. We have received CE (Communauté Européene) mark registration for all of our current products. The CE mark indicates that a product is certified for sale throughout the European Union and that the manufacturer of the product complies with applicable safety and quality standards.
 
We are subject to certain federal, state and local regulations regarding environmental protection and hazardous substance controls, among others. To date, compliance with such environmental regulations has not had a material effect on our capital expenditures or competitive position.


19


Table of Contents

Product Liability Insurance
 
Our business entails the risk of product liability claims. We maintain product liability insurance in the amount of $10 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate maximum of $10 million. We cannot assure, however, that product liability claims will not exceed such insurance coverage limits or that such insurance coverage limits will continue to be available on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had 427 full time employees, including 37 in research and development and clinical and regulatory affairs; 159 in manufacturing and quality assurance; 162 in marketing, sales and field service; 41 in administration in the United States and 28 in marketing, sales and administration in our international operations. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that the success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
 
ITEM 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Our business may be adversely affected by government investigations.
 
On September 4, 2008, we were jointly served by the FDA and the ICE with a search warrant requesting various documents more fully described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and in Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15, “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.” We also received a request on September 24, 2008 from the SEC for the voluntary production of certain documents. The time and expense associated with responding to these requests is extensive and we cannot predict the outcome of these investigations. These and other government investigations or government requests for information may result in enforcement proceedings by one or more government agencies or other legal proceedings, or extensive fines, civil damages or penalties, or could require changes in how we do business that could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from operating our business. An adverse decision in one or more of such administrative or other legal proceedings could also result in federal criminal liability or federal or state civil or administrative liability, and thus could result in substantial financial damages or criminal penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial condition.
 
We are involved in securities class action litigation and shareholder derivative litigation that is expensive and could divert management’s attention from operating our business.
 
Spectranetics and certain of its officers have been named as defendants in a number of securities class action lawsuits more fully described in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and in Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15, “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.” In addition, Spectranetics’ directors have been named in a shareholder derivative lawsuit, which is also described in Part I, Item 3 and Note 18. The Company is generally obligated to indemnify its present and former Directors and Officers against all losses, including expenses, incurred in such cases and to advance their reasonable legal defense expenses in such cases, as well as in the government investigations, unless certain conditions apply. The Company is honoring these obligations unless it determines that they are inapplicable. We maintain insurance for claims of this nature which does not apply in all such circumstances, may be denied or may not be adequate to cover the legal costs or any settlement or judgment in connection with those proceedings. Spectranetics’ extended involvement in these actions could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from operating our business. Additionally, we cannot provide assurance that these or other lawsuits will be successfully dismissed or settled or that any settlement, dismissal or other disposition or our obligation to indemnify and advance the expenses of our present and former Directors, Officers and agents will be covered by our insurance or, if covered, will be within the limits of our insurance. An adverse outcome in these matters or a prolonged uninsured expense and indemnification obligation could have a material adverse impact on the Company.


20


Table of Contents

Our business may be adversely affected by current litigation and other legal proceedings.
 
From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property matters, product liability claims, employee claims, and other legal proceedings or investigations, any of which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business. See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part IV, Item 15, “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.” Litigation is inherently unpredictable and can result in excessive verdicts and/or injunctive relief that affects how we operate our business. Consequently, it is possible that we could, in the future, incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages or change the way we operate our business. There can be no assurance that there will not be an increase in the scope of these matters or that there will not be additional lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations in the future, nor is there any assurance that these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company.
 
Our regulatory compliance program cannot guarantee that we are in compliance with all potentially applicable U.S. federal and state regulations and all potentially applicable foreign regulations.
 
The development, manufacturing, distribution, pricing, sales, marketing, import, export and reimbursement of our products, together with our general operations, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation in the United States and to extensive regulation in foreign countries. While we have a regulatory compliance program, we cannot assure you that we, our employees, our consultants or our contractors are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable U.S. federal and state regulations and/or laws or all potentially applicable foreign regulations and/or laws. If we fail to comply with any of these regulations and/or laws a range of actions could result, including, but not limited to, the termination of clinical trials, the failure to approve a product candidate, restrictions on our products or manufacturing processes, including withdrawal of our products from the market, significant fines, penalties and/or damages, exclusion from government healthcare programs or other sanctions or litigation.
 
The Company received a notice from the Staff of the NASDAQ Stock Market that it was not in compliance with NASDAQ’s independent director and audit committee requirements as set forth in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4350.
 
On October 21, 2008, John G. Schulte resigned as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director and Emile J. Geisenheimer was appointed as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Geisenheimer also resigned as a member of our audit committee, leaving a vacancy on the committee.
 
On February 19, 2009, two independent directors were appointed to our Board of Directors. As a result, a majority of our Board of Directors is now comprised of independent directors. However, we have not appointed either of the new directors to any committees of the Board, so we are not presently in compliance with NASDAQ Stock Market Rule 4350(d)(2)(A), which requires that our audit committee be comprised of at least three independent directors. This Rule provides the Company with a cure period to regain compliance, which shall be no later than the date of our next annual shareholders’ meeting, which is currently anticipated to be held on June 10, 2009. If we do not comply with these requirements, our stock could be delisted from the NASDAQ stock market.
 
Our investments in auction rate securities are currently illiquid and may never be saleable due to the recent deterioration of the U.S. credit and capital markets.
 
We invest our cash reserves in high-grade securities, which include auction rate securities (ARS). ARS are collateralized long-term debt instruments that historically have provided liquidity through a Dutch auction process that reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, usually every 7, 28, 35, or 49 days. Beginning in February 2008, auctions of these securities began failing because sell orders exceeded buy orders. As of December 31, 2008, we held $17.7 million of principal invested in ARS, $14.7 million of which have AAA credit ratings and $3 million of which have an A3 credit rating. The underlying assets of the auction rate securities the Company holds, including the securities for which auctions have failed, are student loans which are over 95% guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Education Loan Program. With the liquidity issues


21


Table of Contents

experienced in global credit and capital markets, the ARS held by us at December 31, 2008 have experienced multiple failed auctions as the amount of securities submitted for sale has exceeded the amount of purchase orders. The funds associated with these failed auctions will not be accessible until the issuer calls the security, a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the security matures. This has resulted in an illiquid asset for the Company. As a result, the balance of the Company’s ARS was classified as a long-term asset at December 31, 2008 and we adjusted the $17.7 million carrying value of the securities to the estimated fair market value of $15.6 million as a temporary impairment. If uncertainties in the current credit and capital markets continue, these markets deteriorate further or if we experience rating downgrades on any investments in our portfolio, including our ARS, the market value of our investment portfolio may decline further, which we may determine is an other-than-temporary impairment. This would result in a realized loss and would negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
 
Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit markets could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition, or liquidity.
 
We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets. The credit and capital markets have recently experienced extreme volatility and disruption. The strength of the United States and global economy has become increasingly uncertain, and the prospects for a period of prolonged recession or slower growth appear strong. We believe that the turbulence in the financial markets, liquidity crisis and general economic uncertainties have made it more difficult and more expensive for hospitals and health systems to obtain credit, and will contribute to pressures on operating margin, resulting from rising supply costs, reduced investment income and philanthropic giving, increased interest expense, reimbursement pressure, reduced elective health care spending and uncompensated care. As a result, we expect many of our customers to scrutinize costs more carefully, and some to trim budgets and look for opportunities to further reduce or slow capital spending. Further, strengthening of the United States dollar associated with the global financial crisis may adversely affect the results of our international operations when those results are translated into United States dollars. Additionally, the disruption in the credit markets could impede our access to capital, which could be further adversely affected if we are unable to maintain our current credit ratings. Should we have limited access to additional financing sources, we may need to defer capital expenditures or seek other sources of liquidity, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms if at all. All of these factors related to the global economic situation, which are beyond our control, could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.
 
Our ability to increase our revenue is largely dependent on our ability to successfully penetrate our target markets and develop new products for those markets.
 
Our ability to increase our revenue from current levels depends largely on our ability to increase sales (1) in the peripheral arterial disease (PAD) market with our Turbo Elite line of disposable catheters that was introduced in 2004, and (2) in the lead management market with our lead management product line. A substantial portion of our growth in 2008 and 2007 was derived from sales of these products and in order to increase future revenue, we must increase sales of these products to existing and new customers. Beyond Turbo Elite and lead management, new products will need to be developed and approved by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies to sustain revenue growth within the market. In that regard, while our focus is on the PAD and lead management markets, we currently have FDA clearance for only one indication for the treatment of PAD. Additional clinical data and new products to treat coronary artery disease will also be necessary to grow revenue within the coronary market.
 
Our future growth depends on physician adoption of our products, which requires physicians to change their screening, referral and treatment practices.
 
Although we believe there is a correlation between PAD and coronary artery disease, many physicians do not routinely screen for PAD while screening for coronary artery disease. We target our sales efforts to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists because they are often the primary care physicians diagnosing and treating both coronary artery disease and PAD. However, the initial point of contact for many patients may be other physicians, including general practitioners and podiatrists, each of whom commonly treats patients


22


Table of Contents

experiencing complications resulting from PAD. If we do not educate referring physicians about PAD in general and the existence of our products in particular, they may not refer patients to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons or interventional radiologists for treatment with our laser system. If we are not successful in educating physicians about screening for PAD or about risks related to infected, defective or abandoned pacemaker and ICD leads, and risks associated with the removal of problematic pacemaker and ICD leads, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired. In addition, in order to accelerate growth of our lead removal products, we must change the current standard of care for abandoned pacemaker and ICD leads, which is simply to cap the abandoned leads and leave them in the body.
 
We may be unable to compete successfully with bigger companies in our highly competitive industry.
 
The industry in which we compete is highly competitive. Our primary competitors are manufacturers of products used in competing therapies within the peripheral and coronary atherectomy markets, such as:
 
  •  atherectomy and thrombectomy, using mechanical methods to remove arterial blockages (peripheral and coronary);
 
  •  balloon angioplasty and stents (peripheral);
 
  •  bypass surgery (peripheral and coronary); and
 
  •  amputation (peripheral).
 
Although balloon angioplasty and stents are used extensively in the coronary and peripheral vascular system, we do not compete directly with these products. Rather, our laser technology is used as an adjunctive treatment to balloon angioplasty and stents in complex coronary and peripheral procedures. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and technical resources than we do. Larger competitors have a broader product line, which enables them to offer customers bundled purchase contracts and quantity discounts, and more experience than we have in research and development, marketing, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining FDA and foreign regulatory approvals and marketing approved products. Our competitors may discover technologies and techniques, or enter into partnerships and collaborations, in order to develop competing products that are more effective or less costly than the products we develop. This may render our technology or products obsolete and noncompetitive. Academic institutions, government agencies, and other public and private research organizations may seek patent protection with respect to potentially competitive products or technologies and may establish exclusive collaborative or licensing relationships with our competitors. As a result, our competitors may be better equipped than we are to develop, manufacture, market and sell competing products. We expect competition to intensify.
 
We believe that primary competitive factors in the interventional cardiology market include:
 
  •  the ability to treat a variety of lesions safely and effectively as demonstrated by credible clinical data;
 
  •  the impact of managed care practices, related reimbursement to the healthcare provider, and procedure costs;
 
  •  ease of use;
 
  •  size and effectiveness of sales forces; and
 
  •  research and development capabilities.
 
Manufacturers of atherectomy or thrombectomy devices include ev3 Inc., Boston Scientific Corporation, Cardiovascular Systems, Inc., Pathway Medical Technologies, Inc., Possis Medical, Inc. and Straub Medical AG.
 
We also compete with companies marketing lead extraction devices or removal methods, such as mechanical sheaths. In the lead removal market, we compete in the United States and internationally with lead removal devices manufactured by Cook Vascular Inc. and we compete in Europe with lead removal devices manufactured by VascoMed.


23


Table of Contents

Our products may not achieve market acceptance.
 
Our laser system and other products may not gain market acceptance. Market acceptance in the healthcare community, including physicians, patients and third-party payers, of our laser system and other products depends on many factors, including:
 
  •  our ability to provide incremental clinical and economic data that shows the safety and clinical efficacy and cost effectiveness of, and patient benefits from, laser atherectomy and pacemaker and ICD lead removal;
 
  •  the availability of alternative treatments;
 
  •  the inclusion of our products on insurance company formularies;
 
  •  the willingness and ability of patients and the healthcare community to adopt new technologies;
 
  •  the convenience and ease of use of our products relative to existing treatment methods;
 
  •  the pricing and reimbursement of our products relative to existing treatment methods; and
 
  •  marketing and distribution support for our products.
 
In addition, if any of our products achieves market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time if competing products or technologies are introduced that are received more favorably or are more cost effective. Failure to achieve or maintain market acceptance would limit our ability to generate revenue and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the timeframes we announce and expect, the commercialization of our products under development may be delayed and our business may be harmed.
 
For planning purposes, we estimate the timing of the accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and other product development and commercialization goals, which we sometimes refer to as milestones. These milestones may include the commencement or completion of scientific studies and clinical trials and the submission of regulatory filings. From time to time, we publicly announce the expected timing of some of these milestones. All of these milestones are based on a variety of assumptions and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. There is a risk that we will not be successful in achieving these milestones on a timely basis or at all. Moreover, even if we are successful in achieving these milestones, the actual timing of the achievement of these milestones can vary dramatically compared to our estimates — in many cases for reasons beyond our control — depending on numerous factors, including:
 
  •  the rate of progress, costs and results of our clinical trials and research and development activities;
 
  •  our ability to identify and enroll patients who meet clinical trial eligibility criteria;
 
  •  the extent of scheduling conflicts with participating physicians and clinical institutions;
 
  •  the receipt of marketing approvals and clearances by our competitors and by us from the FDA and other regulatory agencies;
 
  •  other actions by regulators, including actions related to a class of products; and
 
  •  actions of our development partners in supporting product development programs.
 
If we do not meet these milestones for our products or if we are delayed in achieving any of these milestones, the development and commercialization of new products, modifications of existing products or sales of existing products for new approved indications may be prevented or delayed, which could damage our reputation or materially adversely affect our business.


24


Table of Contents

If our clinical trials are unsuccessful or significantly delayed, or if we do not complete our clinical trials, our business may be harmed.
 
All of our potential products and improvements of our current products are subject to extensive regulation and will require approval or clearance from the FDA and other regulatory agencies prior to commercial sale and distribution. Pursuant to FDA regulations, unless exempt, the FDA permits commercial distribution of a new medical device only after the device has received 510(k) clearance or is the subject of an approved PMA. The FDA will clear marketing of a medical device through the 510(k) process if it is demonstrated that the new product is substantially equivalent to other 510(k)-cleared products. In some cases, a 510(k) clearance must be supported by preclinical and clinical data. The PMA application process is more costly, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) process, and must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. Therefore, in order to obtain regulatory approvals or clearance, we typically must, among other requirements, provide the FDA and similar foreign regulatory authorities with preclinical and clinical data that demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA and such other authorities that our products satisfy the criteria for approval or clearance. Preclinical testing and clinical trials must comply with the regulations of the FDA and other government authorities in the United States and similar agencies in other countries.
 
Clinical development is a long, expensive and uncertain process and is subject to delays and to the risk that products may ultimately prove ineffective in treating the indications for which they are designed. Completion of the necessary clinical trials usually takes several years or more. We cannot assure you that we will successfully complete clinical testing of our products within the time frame we have planned, or at all. Even if we achieve positive interim results in clinical trials, these results do not necessarily predict final results, and positive results in early trials may not be indicative of success in later trials. A number of companies in the medical device industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials, even after promising results in earlier trials.
 
We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent us from receiving regulatory approval for new products, modification of existing products, or new approved indications for existing products including the following:
 
  •  the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may find that the product is not sufficiently safe or effective;
 
  •  officials at the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may interpret data from preclinical testing and clinical trials in different ways than we do;
 
  •  there may be delays or failure in obtaining approval of our clinical trial protocols from the FDA or other regulatory authorities;
 
  •  there may be delays in obtaining institutional review board approvals or government approvals to conduct clinical trials at prospective sites;
 
  •  the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may find our or our suppliers’ manufacturing processes or facilities unsatisfactory;
 
  •  the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations that may negatively affect or delay our ability to bring a product to market or receive approvals or clearances for the treatment of new indications;
 
  •  our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and/or preclinical testing or to abandon programs;
 
  •  we may experience difficulties in managing multiple clinical sites;
 
  •  trial results may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;
 
  •  we have experienced delays in enlisting an adequate number of patients in prior clinical trials, and we may be unable to attract subjects for our clinical trials when competing with larger companies who are able to offer larger financial incentives to their customers to support their clinical trials;


25


Table of Contents

 
  •  enrollment in our clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate, or we may experience high drop-out rates of subjects in our clinical trials, resulting in significant delays;
 
  •  we may experience delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with third party research organizations and trial sites that will conduct the clinical trials;
 
  •  our products may be, or may be perceived by healthcare providers to be, unsafe or ineffective for a particular indication; and
 
  •  we, or regulators, may suspend or terminate our clinical trials because the participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks.
 
Failures or perceived failures in our clinical trials will delay and may prevent our product development and regulatory approval process, damage our business prospects and negatively affect our reputation and competitive position.
 
Our sales and marketing team may be unable to compete with our larger competitors or to reach potential customers.
 
Although we are expanding our sales and marketing organizations, some of our competitors have substantially larger sales and marketing operations than we do. This allows those competitors to spend more time with potential customers and to focus on a larger number of potential customers, which gives them a significant advantage over our team in making sales. We are providing sales training, and as we add new field sales employees we will attempt to recruit candidates with more sales experience. However, we cannot assure you that our sales training and recruiting will improve productivity within our field sales organization. Further, we may experience higher turnover within our field sales organization than we have in the past because we are shifting our emphasis to sales personnel with sales experience rather than a clinical background.
 
Regulatory compliance is expensive and complex, and approvals can often be denied or significantly delayed.
 
Our products are regulated as medical devices, which are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable state and foreign agencies. Complying with these regulations is costly, time consuming and complex. FDA regulations are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:
 
  •  product design, development, manufacture and testing;
 
  •  product safety and efficacy;
 
  •  product labeling;
 
  •  product storage and shipping;
 
  •  record keeping;
 
  •  pre-market clearance or approval;
 
  •  advertising and promotion;
 
  •  product sales and distribution; and
 
  •  post-market surveillance and reporting of deaths or serious injuries.
 
Additionally, we may be required to obtain PMAs, PMA supplements or 510(k) pre-market clearances to market modifications to our existing products. The FDA requires device manufacturers themselves to make and document a determination of whether or not a modification requires an approval, supplement or clearance; however, the FDA can review a manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions not to seek approvals, supplements or clearances for particular device modifications. If the FDA requires us to obtain PMAs, PMA supplements or pre-market clearances for any modification to a previously cleared or approved device, we may be required to cease manufacturing and marketing the modified device or to recall such modified device until we


26


Table of Contents

obtain FDA clearance or approval and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, there can be no assurance that the FDA will clear or approve such submissions in a timely manner, if at all.
 
International regulatory approval processes may take longer than the FDA approval process. If we fail to comply with applicable FDA and foreign regulatory requirements, we may not receive regulatory approvals or may be subject to fines, suspensions or revocations of approvals, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions, criminal prosecutions and other penalties. We may be unable to obtain future regulatory approval in a timely manner, or at all, especially if existing regulations are changed or new regulations are adopted. For example, the FDA clearance process for the use of excimer laser technology in clearing blocked arteries in the leg took longer than we anticipated due to requests for additional clinical data and changes in regulatory requirements. A failure or delay in obtaining necessary regulatory approvals would materially adversely affect our business.
 
Some of our licensed patents have expired and others will expire in 2010, and our patents and proprietary rights may be proved invalid, which would enable competitors to copy our products.
 
We hold patents and licenses to use patented technology, and have pending patent applications. Our patents cover the connection (coupler) between our laser catheters and the laser unit, general features of the laser system, system patents that include the use of our laser and our catheters together, and specific design features of our catheters. Two of our licensed patents relating to a laser method for severing or removing blockages within the body expired in August and November 2005, respectively, and another of our licensed patents relating to the use of a laser in a body lumen expired in July 2006. In addition, certain of our coupler patents and system patents expire in 2010. We are currently exploring new technology and design changes that may extend the patent protection for the coupler and system patents; however, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in doing so. As a result, upon expiration of these patents, our competitors may seek to produce products that include this technology which is no longer subject to patent protection and this increase in competition may negatively affect our business.
 
We have a history of losses and may not be able to maintain profitability.
 
We incurred losses from operations since our inception in September 1984 until the year 2000, and again in 2002, 2006 and 2008 (with a loss from operations incurred of $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008). At December 31, 2008, we had accumulated $70.5 million in net losses since inception. We expect that our research, development and clinical trial activities and regulatory approvals, together with future selling, general and administrative activities and the costs associated with launching our products for additional indications, will result in significant expenses for the foreseeable future.
 
The amount of our net operating loss carryovers may be limited.
 
We have net operating loss carryovers (NOLs) which may be used by us as an offset against taxable income, if any, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, we have foreign NOLs which may be used by us as an offset against taxable income in the Netherlands. However, the amount of NOLs that we may use in any year in the U.S. could be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in addition to certain limitations we are currently subject to. In general, Section 382 would limit our ability to use NOLs for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of certain changes in ownership of our company. Any limitation of our use of NOLs could (depending on the extent of such limitation and the amount of NOLs previously used) result in us retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income (rather than losses) than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes.
 
Our products are subject to recalls after receiving FDA or foreign approval or clearance, which would divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation, and could adversely affect our business.
 
We are subject to medical device reporting regulations that require us to report to the FDA or similar foreign governmental authorities if our products cause or contribute to death or serious injury or malfunction in a way that would be reasonably likely to contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction were to occur. The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of any


27


Table of Contents

failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations or defects in design or manufacture. A government mandated or voluntary product recall by us could occur as a result of, among other things, component failures, device malfunctions, or other adverse events, such as serious injuries or deaths, or quality-related issues such as manufacturing errors or design or labeling defects. For example, in May 1999 we initiated a recall and field correction for our CVX-300 laser unit to correct a narrow gap in the internal protective housing which could possibly have allowed direct line of sight access to the laser beam. The corrective action and the FDA audit of our actions were completed by November 1999. Any future recalls of any of our products could divert managerial and financial resources, harm our reputation, and could adversely affect our business.
 
The FDA requires the use of adjunctive balloon angioplasty in coronary procedures performed using our products, which increases the cost of performing these procedures.
 
The FDA has required that the label for the CVX-300 laser unit state that adjunctive balloon angioplasty was performed together with laser atherectomy in the coronary procedures we submitted to the FDA for PMA. This means that our laser system cannot be used alone to treat coronary conditions. Adjunctive balloon angioplasty requires the purchase of a balloon catheter in addition to the laser catheter. The requirement that our coronary procedures be performed together with balloon angioplasty increases the aggregate cost of performing these procedures. As a result, third-party payers may attempt to deny or limit reimbursement, including if they determine that a device used in a procedure was experimental, was used for a non-approved indication or was not used in accordance with established pay protocols regarding cost effective treatment methods. Hospitals that have experienced reimbursement problems or expect to experience reimbursement problems may not acquire or may cease using our laser system.
 
Technological change may result in our products becoming obsolete.
 
The medical device market is characterized by extensive research and development and rapid technological change. We derive most of our revenue from the sale of our disposable catheters. Technological progress or new developments in our industry could adversely affect sales of our products. Other companies, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do, are engaged in research and development for the treatment and prevention of peripheral and coronary arterial disease. These include pharmaceutical approaches as well as development of new or improved balloon angioplasty, atherectomy, thrombectomy, stents or other devices. Our products could be rendered obsolete as a result of future innovations in the treatment of cardiovascular disease.
 
In addition, the patents we own and license may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to give us any competitive advantage. We could also be adversely affected if any of our licensors terminates our licenses to use patented technology. In addition, we have limited patent protection in foreign countries and the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. We do not have patents in many foreign countries. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Third parties may infringe our patents or challenge their validity or enforceability.
 
Our patents could be challenged as invalid or circumvented by competitors. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or enforceability. Numerous United States and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which our products are marketed. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that our products or technologies may infringe. Challenges raised in patent infringement litigation may result in determinations that our patents or licensed patents are invalid, unenforceable or otherwise subject to limitations. In the event of any such determination, third parties may be able to use the discoveries or technologies without paying licensing fees or royalties to us, which could significantly diminish the value of our intellectual property. In addition, enforcing the patents that we hold or license may require significant expenditures regardless of the outcome of such efforts.


28


Table of Contents

We and our component suppliers may not meet regulatory quality standards applicable to our manufacturing processes, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a device manufacturer, we are required to register with the FDA and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain good manufacturing practice regulations, including testing, quality control and documentation procedures. In addition, the federal Medical Device Reporting regulations require us to provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or, if a malfunction were to occur, could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is rigorously monitored through periodic inspections by the FDA. Our component suppliers are also required to meet certain standards applicable to their manufacturing processes.
 
We cannot assure you that we or any of our component suppliers is in compliance or that we will be able to maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements. The failure by us or one of our component suppliers to achieve or maintain compliance with these requirements or quality standards may disrupt our ability to supply products sufficient to meet demand until compliance is achieved or, in the case of a component supplier, until a new supplier has been identified and evaluated. In addition, our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, failure of regulatory authorities to grant marketing approval of our products, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could harm our business. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that if we find it necessary to engage new suppliers to satisfy our business requirements, that we will be able to locate new suppliers who are in compliance with regulatory requirements. Our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
In the European Union, we are required to maintain certain International Organization for Standardization (ISO) certifications in order to sell our products and must undergo periodic inspections by notified bodies, including TÜV, to obtain and maintain these certifications. If we fail these inspections or fail to meet these regulatory standards, our business could be materially adversely affected.
 
Healthcare cost containment pressures and legislative or administrative reforms resulting in restrictive coverage and reimbursement practices of third-party payers could decrease the demand for our products, the prices that customers are willing to pay for those products and the number of procedures performed using our devices, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Our products are purchased principally by hospitals and stand-alone peripheral intervention practices, which typically bill various third-party payers, including governmental programs (e.g., Medicare and Medicaid), private insurance plans and managed care plans, for the healthcare services provided to their patients. The ability of our customers to obtain appropriate coverage and reimbursement for our products and services from private and governmental third-party payers is critical to our success. The availability of coverage and reimbursement affects which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay.
 
Reimbursement varies from country to country, state to state and plan to plan and can significantly impact the acceptance of new products and services. Certain private third-party payers may view some of the procedures using our products as experimental and may not provide coverage. We cannot assure you that third-party payers will cover and reimburse the procedures using our products in whole or in part in the future or that payment rates will be adequate. Further, the adequacy of coverage and reimbursement by third-party payers is also related to the existence of billing codes to describe procedures that are performed using our products. There are currently a number of billing codes that are used by hospitals and physicians to bill for such procedures. We cannot provide assurances that the billing codes currently available will continue to be recognized by third-party payers for use by our customers.
 
After we develop a new product or seek to market our products for new approved indications, we may find limited demand for the product unless adequate coverage and reimbursement is obtained from private and governmental third-party payers. Even with reimbursement approval and coverage by private and government payers, providers submitting reimbursement claims may face delay in payment if there is confusion on the part of


29


Table of Contents

providers regarding the appropriate codes to use in seeking reimbursement. Such delays may create an unfavorable impression within the marketplace regarding the level of reimbursement or coverage available for our products.
 
Demand for our current or new products or new approved indications for our existing products may fluctuate over time if federal or state legislative or administrative policy changes affect coverage or reimbursement levels for our products or the services related to our products. In the United States, there have been and we expect there will continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system, some of which could significantly affect our business. For instance, on December 8, 2003, President Bush signed into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, which, among other things, established a new prescription drug benefit and changed reimbursement methodologies for drugs and devices used in hospitals and in the home. Future legislative or policy initiatives directed at increasing the accessibility of healthcare and reducing costs could be introduced on either the federal or state level. In regards to foreign markets, for example, the reimbursement approval process in Japan is taking longer than anticipated due to the complexity of this process. Legislative or administrative reforms to the U.S. or international reimbursement systems in a manner that significantly reduces reimbursement for procedures using our medical devices or denies coverage for those procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and, if we are unable to fully comply with such laws, could face substantial penalties.
 
Our operations may be directly or indirectly affected by various broad state and federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws. Such laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and related state anti-kickback laws, which prohibit any person from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, purchasing, leasing or ordering of, or arranging for or recommending the furnishing, purchasing, leasing or ordering of an item or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The federal Stark law and self-referral prohibitions under analogous state laws restrict referrals by physicians and, in some instances, other healthcare providers, practitioners and professionals, to entities with which they have indirect or direct financial relationships for furnishing of designated health services. These healthcare fraud and abuse laws are subject to evolving interpretations by various state and federal enforcement and regulatory authorities. Under current interpretations of the Federal False Claims Act and certain similar state laws, some of these laws may also be subject to enforcement in a qui tam lawsuit brought by a private party “whistleblower,” with or without the intervention of the government.
 
If our past or present operations, including our laser system placement programs, clinical research and consulting arrangements with physicians who use our product or our “Cap Free” or other sales or marketing programs, are found to be in violation of these laws and not protected under a statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor provision to the applicable fraud and abuse laws, we, our officers or our employees may be subject to civil or criminal penalties, including large monetary penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and exclusion from Medicare and other federal healthcare program participation, including the exclusion of our products from use in treatment of Medicare or other federal healthcare program patients. If federal or state investigations or enforcement actions were to occur, our business and financial condition would be harmed.
 
If we fail to obtain regulatory approvals in other countries for our products, we will not be able to market our products in such countries, which could harm our business.
 
The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials and manufacturing and marketing of our products, new products or additional indications for our existing products outside the United States vary widely from country to country. Foreign approvals may take longer to obtain than FDA approvals and can require, among other things, additional testing and different clinical trial designs. Foreign regulatory approval processes generally include all of the risks associated with the FDA approval processes. Some foreign regulatory agencies also must approve the reimbursement policies related to specific products. We have experienced difficulties in the past in obtaining reimbursement approvals for our products in Europe and are currently seeking reimbursement approval for our products in Japan. We do not expect our sales in Japan to increase unless and until reimbursement approval is attained. We cannot assure you that this approval will be obtained or that revenue in Japan will increase if this


30


Table of Contents

approval is received. Regulatory approval in one country does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may negatively impact the regulatory process in others. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to market our existing products in any foreign country. If we fail to comply with these regulatory requirements or obtain and maintain required approvals in any foreign country, we will not be able to sell our products in that country and our ability to generate revenue could be materially adversely affected.
 
We are exposed to the problems that come from having international operations.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our revenue from international operations represented 13% of consolidated revenue, of which 11% was generated in Europe, the Middle East and Russia. Changes in overseas political or economic conditions, war or other conflicts, currency exchange rates, foreign laws regulating the approval and sales of medical devices, foreign tax laws or tariffs, other trade regulations or intellectual property protection could adversely affect our ability to market our products outside the United States. Any significant changes in the competitive, political, legal, regulatory, reimbursement or economic environment where we will conduct international operations may have a material adverse impact on our business. To the extent we expand our international operations, we expect our sales and expenses denominated in foreign currencies to expand, therefore increasing the risk that we will be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. We currently do not hedge against foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in reduced consolidated revenue or increased operating expenses.
 
Our international operations may not be successful or may not be able to achieve revenue growth.
 
We use both a direct sales organization and distributors for sales of our products throughout most of Europe, the Middle East, the Pacific Rim and Latin America. The sales and marketing efforts on our behalf by international distributors could fail to attain long-term success.
 
We have important sole source suppliers and may be unable to replace them if they stop supplying us.
 
We purchase certain components of our CVX-300 laser unit from several sole source suppliers. We do not have guaranteed commitments from these suppliers, as we order products through purchase orders placed with these suppliers from time to time. While we believe that we could obtain replacement components from alternative suppliers, we may be unable to do so. The loss of any of these suppliers could result in a disruption in our production. Our suppliers may encounter problems during manufacturing due to a variety of reasons, including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction and environmental factors. In addition, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these materials may take a substantial period of time, as certain of these suppliers must be approved by regulatory authorities. If we are unable to secure on a timely basis sufficient quantities of the materials we depend on to manufacture our CVX-300 laser units, if we encounter delays or contractual or other difficulties in our relationships with these suppliers, or if we cannot find replacement suppliers at an acceptable cost, then the manufacture of our CVX-300 laser unit may be disrupted, which could increase our costs and have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We began to relocate our manufacturing operations to our expanded leased facility in northern Colorado Springs in 2008. If we fail to conduct the relocation in an efficient manner, our operation results may be adversely affected.
 
During 2008, we began relocating our laser and catheter manufacturing operations to our new leased facility in north Colorado Springs, which includes approximately 17,000 sq. ft. of manufacturing space. The move of manufacturing operations commenced in the second quarter of 2008 and is expected to be substantially complete by the end of 2009. We may experience difficulties in efficiently relocating our manufacturing operations in a manner that is approved by the FDA as required, and any difficulties in this endeavor could lead to quarterly fluctuations in operating results and adversely affect us.


31


Table of Contents

From time to time we engage outside parties to perform services related to certain of our clinical studies and trials, and any failure of those parties to fulfill their obligations could result in costs and delays.
 
From time to time we engage consultants and contract research organizations to help design and monitor and analyze the results of certain of our clinical studies and trials. The consultants and contract research organizations we engage interact with clinical investigators to enroll patients in our clinical trials. As a result, we depend on these clinical investigators, consultants and contract research organizations to perform the clinical studies and trials and monitor and analyze data from these studies and trials in accordance with the investigational plan and protocol for the study or trial and in compliance with regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practice, for conducting, recording and reporting results of clinical studies or trials to assure that the data and results are credible and accurate and the trial participants are adequately protected, as required by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies. The consultants and contract research organizations are responsible for protecting confidential patient data and complying with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations related to data privacy, including but not limited to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. We may face delays in our regulatory approval process if these parties do not perform their obligations in a timely or competent fashion or if we are forced to change service providers. This risk is heightened for our clinical studies and trials conducted outside of the United States, where it may be more difficult to ensure that our studies and trials are conducted in compliance with FDA requirements. Any third parties that we hire to help design or monitor and analyze results of our clinical studies and trials may also provide services to our competitors, which could compromise the performance of their obligations to us. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their duties or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or for other reasons, our clinical studies or trials may be extended, delayed or terminated or may otherwise prove to be unsuccessful, and our development costs will increase. In addition, we may not be able to establish or maintain relationships with these third parties on favorable terms, or at all. If we need to enter into replacement arrangements because a third party is not performing in accordance with our expectations, we may not be able to do so without undue delays or considerable expenditures or at all.
 
If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business may be harmed.
 
We have experienced increased unit volume demand and our ability to fulfill customer demand is becoming more difficult. To manage our growth, we must expand our facilities, hire and train additional qualified personnel, scale-up our manufacturing capacity and expand our marketing and distribution capabilities. Our manufacturing and assembly process is complex, and we must scale this entire process to satisfy customer expectations and increased demand. In addition, we entered into a new lease in December 2006 for a 75,000 square foot building. We plan to consolidate all of our current U.S. operations into the new facility in two phases, which we expect to be substantially completed by the end of 2009. There can be no assurance that this transition will occur smoothly or on the timetable that we have set. If we are unable to transition our manufacturing operations to our new facility as planned, we may experience delays or disruptions in our ability to manufacture and ship product as requested by our customers. We also expect to continue to expand the number of sales and marketing personnel as we expand our business. The number of our full-time employees increased from 311 to 374 to 427 as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. We cannot be certain that our personnel, systems and procedures will be adequate to support our future operations. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, our business will suffer.
 
Product liability and other claims against us may reduce demand for our products or result in substantial damages.
 
Our business exposes us to potential liability for risks that may arise from the clinical testing of our unapproved or cleared new products, the clinical testing of expanded indications for existing products, the use of our products by physicians and the manufacture and sale of any approved products. An individual may bring a product liability claim against us, including frivolous lawsuits, if one of our products causes, or merely appears to have caused, an injury. We maintain product liability insurance in the amount of $10 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate maximum of $10 million. We cannot assure, however, that product liability claims will not exceed such insurance coverage limits or that such insurance coverage limits will continue to be available on acceptable terms, or at all. The coverage limits of our insurance policies may be inadequate, and insurance coverage with acceptable


32


Table of Contents

terms could be unavailable in the future. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any product liability claim or series of claims or class actions brought against us, with or without merit, could result in:
 
  •  liabilities that substantially exceed our insurance levels, which we would then be required to pay from other sources, if available;
 
  •  an increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to renew or obtain product liability insurance coverage in the future on acceptable terms, or at all;
 
  •  withdrawal of clinical trial volunteers or patients;
 
  •  damage to our reputation and the reputation of our products;
 
  •  regulatory investigations that could require costly recalls or product modifications;
 
  •  litigation costs; and
 
  •  the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.
 
Patients treated with our products often are seriously ill or have pacemaker or ICD leads embedded and surrounded by scar tissue within their chest. Patients treated with our products suffer from severe infection, peripheral artery disease, coronary artery disease, diabetes, high blood pressure, high cholesterol and other problematic conditions. During procedures or the clinical follow-up subsequent to procedures involving the use of our products, serious adverse events may occur and some patients may die. Serious adverse events or patient deaths involving the use of our products may subject us to product liability litigation, product recalls or limit our ability to grow our revenue, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
Claims may be made by consumers, healthcare providers or others selling our products. We may be subject to claims against us even if an alleged injury is due to the actions of others. For example, we rely on the expertise of physicians, nurses and other associated medical personnel to perform the medical procedures and related processes relating to our products. If these medical personnel are not properly trained or are negligent in using our products, the therapeutic effect of our products may be diminished or the patient may suffer injury, which may subject us to liability. In addition, an injury resulting from the activities of our suppliers may serve as a basis for a claim against us. We maintain policies and procedures and require training designed to educate our employees that off-label promotion or such use of our products is illegal. However, we cannot prevent a physician from using our products for any off-label applications. If injury to a patient results from such an inappropriate use, we may become involved in a product liability suit, which will likely be expensive to defend.
 
Recent Supreme Court decisions and federal legislation currently under consideration could reverse the exemption for medical devices approved by the FDA under a pre-market approval application. This exemption provided a shield against product liability claims, provided that the medical devices were approved by the FDA under a pre-market approval application. If this exemption is removed, product liability claims may increase.
 
We may incur substantial costs as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and liability.
 
There may be patents and patent applications owned by others relating to laser and fiber-optic technologies, which, if determined to be valid and enforceable, may be infringed by us. Holders of certain patents, including holders of patents involving the use of lasers in the body, may contact us and request that we enter into license agreements for the underlying technology and pay them royalties, which could be substantial. For example, we are currently involved in litigation regarding a patent issued to Dr. Peter Rentrop for a certain catheter with a diameter of less than 0.9 mm and a jury has returned an unfavorable verdict in the case, which is ongoing. See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” for more detail regarding this matter. We cannot guarantee that another patent holder will not file a lawsuit against us and prevail. If we decide that we need to obtain a license to use any intellectual property, we may be unable to obtain these licenses on favorable terms or at all or we may be required to make substantial royalty or other payments to use this intellectual property. Litigation concerning patents and proprietary rights is time-consuming, expensive, unpredictable and could divert the attention of our management from our business


33


Table of Contents

operations. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. An unfavorable outcome in an interference proceeding or patent infringement suit could require us to pay substantial damages, cease using the technology or to license rights, potentially at a substantial cost, from prevailing third parties. There is no guarantee that any prevailing party would offer us a license or that we could acquire any license made available to us on commercially acceptable terms. Even if we are able to obtain rights to a third party’s patented intellectual property, those rights may be non-exclusive and therefore our competitors may obtain access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we may have to cease some of our business operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which could severely harm our business. To the extent we are found to be infringing on the intellectual property of others, we may not be able to develop or otherwise obtain alternative technology. If we need to redesign our products to avoid third party patents, we may suffer significant regulatory delays associated with conducting additional studies or submitting technical, manufacturing or other information related to any redesigned product and, ultimately, in obtaining regulatory approval. Further, any such redesigns may result in less effective and/or less commercially desirable products.
 
If we are not able to protect and control unpatented trade secrets, know-how and other technological innovation, we may suffer competitive harm.
 
In addition to patented intellectual property, we also rely on unpatented technology, trade secrets, confidential information and know-how to protect our technology and maintain our competitive position, particularly when we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. In order to protect proprietary technology and processes, we rely in part on confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and others. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information nor result in the effective assignment to us of intellectual property, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or other breaches of the agreements. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information that have been licensed to us or that we own, and in such case, we could not assert any trade secret rights against such party. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally obtained and is using trade secrets that have been licensed to us or that we own is difficult, expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to seek to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.
 
Environmental and health safety laws may result in liabilities, expenses and restrictions on our operations.
 
Federal, state, local and foreign laws regarding environmental protection, hazardous substances and human health and safety may adversely affect our business. The use of hazardous substances in our operations exposes us to the risk of accidental injury, contamination or other liability from the use, storage, importation, handling or disposal of hazardous materials. If our or our suppliers’ operations result in the contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and fines, and any liability could significantly exceed our insurance coverage and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Although we maintain insurance for certain environmental risks, subject to substantial deductibles, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to maintain this insurance in the future at an acceptable cost or at all. Future changes to environmental and health and safety laws could cause us to incur additional expenses or restrict our operations.
 
We depend on attracting and retaining key management, clinical, scientific and sales and marketing personnel, and the loss of these personnel could impair the development and sales of our products.
 
Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical, scientific and sales and marketing personnel. We do not have employment agreements with any of our employees except our Chief Executive Officer. Their employment with us is “at will,” and each employee can terminate his or her employment with us at any time and choose to work for our competitors. As a condition of employment, our employees sign an agreement that precludes them, upon termination of their employment, from


34


Table of Contents

recruiting our employees to a competitor. We do not carry “key person” insurance covering members of senior management. The competition for qualified personnel in the medical device industry is intense. We will need to hire additional personnel as we continue to expand our development activities and drive sales of our products. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms given the competition for such personnel.
 
The initial cost of purchasing our laser unit is not reimbursed by third-party payers, which may hurt sales of both our laser units and our disposable products.
 
Our laser-based procedures require that the healthcare provider use one of our CVX-300 laser units. We sell our CVX-300 laser units primarily to hospitals, which then bill third-party payers, such as government programs and private insurance plans, for the services the hospitals provide to individual patients using the CVX-300 laser unit. However, hospitals and other healthcare providers are not reimbursed for the substantial initial cost of purchasing the laser unit and the amount reimbursed to a hospital for procedures involving our products may not be adequate to allow them to recoup their initial investment in our laser unit. By contrast, many competing products and procedures, like balloon angioplasty do not require the up-front investment in the form of a capital equipment purchase, lease, or rental. As a result, the initial cost of purchasing our laser unit may prevent hospitals and other healthcare providers from using our disposable devices, which in turn would adversely affect our revenue from the sale and rental of laser units. Moreover, because our catheters and other disposable products generally can be used only in conjunction with our laser unit, any limitation of the acquisition of our laser units by hospitals and other healthcare providers will adversely affect sales of our disposable products.
 
If we make acquisitions, we could encounter difficulties that harm our business.
 
We may acquire companies, products or technologies that we believe to be complementary to the present or future direction of our business. If we engage in such acquisitions, we may have difficulty integrating the acquired personnel, financials, operations, products or technologies. Acquisitions may dilute our earnings per share, disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees, increase our expenses, subject us to liabilities, and increase our risk of litigation, all of which could harm our business. If we use cash to acquire companies, products or technologies, it may divert resources otherwise available for other purposes. If we use our common stock to acquire companies, products or technologies, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution.
 
Our stock price may continue to be volatile.
 
The market price of our common stock, similar to other medical device companies, has been, and is likely to continue to be, highly volatile. The following factors may significantly affect the market price of our common stock:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results and the operating results of competitors;
 
  •  announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;
 
  •  results of clinical trials or studies by us or our competitors;
 
  •  governmental regulation;
 
  •  developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights, including assertions that our intellectual property infringes the rights of others;
 
  •  public concern regarding the safety of products developed by us or others;
 
  •  the initiation or cessation in coverage of our common stock, or changes in estimates or recommendations concerning us or our common stock, by securities analysts;
 
  •  changes in accounting principles;
 
  •  past or future management changes;
 
  •  litigation;


35


Table of Contents

 
  •  adverse developments in the pending FDA and ICE investigations or any other government inquiry or investigation;
 
  •  changes in general market and economic conditions; and
 
  •  the possibility of our financing future operations through additional issuances of equity securities, which may result in dilution to existing stockholders.
 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Following the decrease in our stock price in September 2008 following the execution of the search warrant by certain government employees, we became the target of securities litigation, and due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business and could require us to make substantial payments to settle those proceedings or satisfy any judgments that may be reached against us.
 
Protections against unsolicited takeovers in our charter and bylaws may reduce or eliminate our stockholders’ ability to resell their shares at a premium over market price.
 
Our charter and bylaws contain provisions relating to issuance of preferred stock, special meetings of stockholders and advance notification procedures for stockholder proposals that could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing an unsolicited change in the control of Spectranetics. Our board of directors is elected for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing all directors at each annual meeting and may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control.
 
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which in general and subject to exceptions, prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” (as defined in Section 203) with an “interested stockholder” (as defined in Section 203) for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless certain conditions are met. Section 203 may discourage, delay or prevent an acquisition of our company even at a price our stockholders may find attractive.
 
ITEM 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.   Properties
 
All of our domestic operations are currently located in Colorado Springs, Colorado. In December 2006 we entered into a ten-year lease agreement for a 75,000 square foot building in northern Colorado Springs, with expansion rights for an additional 40,000 square feet on the same property, at our option, during the first four years of the lease. We plan to consolidate all of our current U.S. operations into the facility in two phases. In the completed first phase, all research and development, clinical studies, regulatory marketing, sales support and administrative functions were moved to the new facility in the first half of 2007. The second phase, which includes the relocation of all manufacturing and related support functions, is subject to FDA approval in some cases, and is currently ongoing. We anticipate that the move of all manufacturing functions will be substantially completed by the end of 2009. The expanded facility has approximately 17,000 square feet of manufacturing space which will contain the substantial portion of our manufacturing operations.
 
In addition to the newly-leased facility described above, we continue to occupy two buildings in central Colorado Springs. These facilities contain approximately 65,000 square feet of usable space, of which approximately half is currently devoted to manufacturing. The first building, with 22,000 square feet, has an expiration date of December 31, 2010. We purchased for cash consideration the second facility, which was previously under lease, on March 29, 2005 for $1,350,000.


36


Table of Contents

Spectranetics International B.V. leases 3,337 square feet in Leusden, The Netherlands. The facility houses our operations for the marketing and distribution of products in Europe, and the lease expires June 30, 2011. Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH leases a small office in Germany through August 2009.
 
We believe these facilities are adequate to meet our requirements for the foreseeable future.
 
ITEM 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
Federal Investigation
 
On September 4, 2008, the Company was jointly served by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) with a search warrant issued by the United States District Court, District of Colorado.
 
The search warrant requested information and correspondence relating to: (i) the promotion, use, testing, marketing and sales regarding certain of the company’s products for the treatment of in-stent restenosis, payments made to medical personnel and an identified institution for this application, (ii) the promotion, use, testing, experimentation, delivery, marketing and sales of catheter guidewires and balloon catheters manufactured by certain third parties outside of the United States, (iii) two post-market studies completed during the period from 2002 to 2005 and payments to medical personnel in connection with those studies and (iv) compensation packages for certain of the company’s personnel. Spectranetics is cooperating with the appropriate authorities regarding this matter.
 
Securities Class Actions
 
On September 23, 2008 (Hancook v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), September 24, 2008 (Donoghue v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), September 26, 2008 (Dickson v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), October 17, 2008 (Jacobusse v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), and on November 6, 2008 (Posner v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.) securities class action lawsuits were filed against the Company, John Schulte and Guy Childs in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. Donoghue also names Jonathan McGuire and Donald Fletcher as defendants, and Jacobusse also names Emile Geisenheimer as a defendant. On September 25, 2008 (Genesee County Employees’ Retirement System v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.) a securities class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, John Schulte and Guy Childs in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. This case was subsequently transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Colorado and all six cases were consolidated into one case (In re Spectranetics Corporation Securities Litigation) in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado on January 16, 2009. The Court has not yet appointed a lead plaintiff or lead counsel.
 
The complaints allege that the defendants either failed to disclose or made false and misleading statements about the Company’s business operations and financial performance including, among other things, that the Company was improperly marketing, promoting and testing its products and the products of third parties for unapproved use; the Company received parts from international sources in violation of customs laws; the Company lacked effective regulatory compliance controls and adequate internal and financial controls; and that the Company’s financial results were materially inflated as a result. Plaintiffs seek class certification, compensatory damages, legal fees and other relief deemed proper. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter.
 
Stockholder Derivative Action
 
On September 29, 2008 (Kopp v. Geisenheimer et al.) and on November 12, 2008 (Kiama v. Schulte et al.), stockholder derivative lawsuits were filed against Emile Geisenheimer, David Blackburn, R. John Fletcher, Martin Hart, Joseph Ruggio, John Schulte and Craig Walker as defendants (the “Individual Defendants”), and the Company as a nominal defendant in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. Kiama also names Guy Childs as a defendant. On January 13, 2009, a similar stockholder derivative lawsuit (Clarke v. Schulte et al.) was filed in the District Court of El Paso County, Colorado. This case was removed to the United States District Court for the District of Colorado and was consolidated with the other stockholder derivative cases on February 6, 2009. The lawsuits allege that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties, grossly mismanaged the Company,


37


Table of Contents

wasted corporate assets, abused their control and were unjustly enriched, as indicated by, among other things, the FDA and ICE investigation; the Company’s stock price decline following disclosure of such investigation; the Company’s receipt of an inquiry from the Securities and Exchange Commission; and the suit against the Company by its former Director of Marketing alleging the Company marketed, promoted and tested its products for unapproved uses. Plaintiff seeks damages, equitable and/or injunctive relief, restitution and disgorgement of profits, costs and disbursements of the action, and other relief deemed proper. These cases were consolidated into one case (Kopp v. Geisenheimer, et al.) in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado on November 25, 2008. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter.
 
SEC Inquiry
 
On September 24, 2008, the Company received a request from the Denver office of the Securities and Exchange Commission for the voluntary production of certain documents. The Company complied with the request.
 
FINRA Inquiry
 
On September 16, 2008, the Company received an inquiry from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), a non-governmental market regulatory entity that provides market regulation for The NASDAQ Stock Market, relating to activity in the Company’s stock on September 4, 2008. The Company is cooperating with the inquiry.
 
Schlesinger Matters
 
A complaint was filed on September 5, 2008, in El Paso County, District Court, Colorado, by Scott Schlesinger, a former employee. The complaint names the Company, its General Counsel and its Chief Operating Officer as defendants. The complaint, Scott Schlesinger v. The Spectranetics Corporation, et al, alleges wrongful termination, breach of contract and promissory estoppel, among other claims, and includes allegations similar in nature to the matters the Company believes are being investigated by the FDA and ICE, as discussed above. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages. The Company filed its response to the complaint on September 19, 2008. Spectranetics intends to vigorously defend itself against the claims in the complaint.
 
The plaintiff in Schlesinger also filed a claim with the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in Denver, Colorado in May 2008 alleging discriminatory employment practices by the Company in violation of federal law based on essentially the same claims as those being investigated by the FDA and ICE, as discussed above. The claim sought an unspecified amount of damages. The Company filed an initial response to the claim in late June 2008. The complaint was dismissed on December 5, 2008, and as the plaintiff failed to appeal, the dismissal is final.
 
Both Schlesinger matters arise from concerns about certain company activities raised by a former company employee in April 2008. At that time, an independent committee of the Board retained outside counsel with extensive experience in FDA rules to look into the matters. This review is ongoing.
 
On October 29, 2008, the Company was notified that the spouse of the plaintiff in Schlesinger filed a claim with OSHA in Denver, Colorado alleging discriminatory employment practices against the Company in violation of federal law. In addition, on November 12, 2008 she filed a Complaint with the Colorado Division of Civil Rights alleging marital discrimination. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
 
Rentrop
 
In January 2004, Dr. Peter Rentrop filed a complaint for patent infringement against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “New York Court”). The complaint alleges that certain of our Point 9 laser devices infringe a patent held by Dr. Rentrop. After various legal proceedings and an attempt at mediation, the case was returned to the New York Court for trial, which began in late November 2006. In December 2006, the trial was concluded and the jury returned a verdict in favor of Dr. Rentrop, awarding him a total of $650,000 plus royalties and interest. In September 2007, the judge ruled on several post-trial motions and accepted


38


Table of Contents

the verdict, except for $150,000 of legal fees, which were denied. The Company filed an appeal to the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals on September 3, 2008. On December 18, 2008 the Court of Appeals upheld the District Court’s ruling. The Company’s rights of further appeal will be exhausted in March 2009. In light of the verdict, Spectranetics has accrued an amount believed to be sufficient related to the verdict and for potential royalties and interest subsequent to the effective date of the jury award and through December 31, 2008, which are included in accrued liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2008.
 
Cardiomedica
 
The Company has been engaged in a dispute with Cardiomedica S.p.A. (Cardiomedica), an Italian company, over the existence of a distribution agreement between Cardiomedica and Spectranetics. Cardiomedica originally filed the suit in July 1999, and the lower court’s judgment was rendered on April 3, 2002. In June 2004, the Court of Appeal of Amsterdam affirmed the lower court’s opinion that an exclusive distributor agreement for the Italian market was entered into between the parties for the three-year period ending December 31, 2001, and that Cardiomedica may exercise its right to compensation from Spectranetics BV for its loss of profits during such three-year period. The appellate court awarded Cardiomedica the costs of the appeal, which approximated $20,000, and has referred the case back to the lower court for determination of the loss of profits. Cardiomedica had asserted lost profits of approximately 1,300,000 euros, which was based on their estimate of potential profits during the three-year period. In December 2006, the court made an interim judgment which narrowed the scope of Cardiomedica’s claim from their original claim of lost profits associated with 10 hospitals down to lost profits on two hospitals during the period from 1999 to 2001. We currently estimate the loss in this case to be based on the final report of a Court-appointed expert which was submitted to the Court during the second quarter of 2008, and which we expect to be followed closely by the Court in reaching its verdict as to the amount of damages. The Court plans to set a hearing during the second quarter of 2009 to continue its deliberation of the expert’s report. We have accrued an amount that we believe to be sufficient to cover the damages and such amount is included in accrued liabilities at December 31, 2008.
 
Kenneth Fox
 
The Company and its Dutch subsidiary are defendants in a lawsuit brought in the District Court of Utrecht, the Netherlands (“the Dutch District Court”) by Kenneth Fox. Mr. Fox is an inventor named on patents licensed to Spectranetics under a license agreement assigned to Interlase LP. In this action, Mr. Fox claims an interest in royalties payable under the license and seeks alleged back royalties of approximately $2.2 million. However, in an earlier interpleader action, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, Alexandria Division, has already decided that any royalties owing under the license should be paid to a Special Receiver for Interlase. We have made all such payments. The United States District Court has also twice held Mr. Fox in contempt of the Court’s permanent injunction that bars him from filing actions like the pending action in the Netherlands, and the Court has ordered Mr. Fox to dismiss the Dutch action and to pay our costs and expenses. Mr. Fox has not yet complied with the United States District Court’s contempt orders. In August 2006, the Dutch District Court ruled that it does not have jurisdiction over The Spectranetics Corporation (U.S. corporation) and that proceedings would move forward on the basis of jurisdiction over Spectranetics B.V. only, which the Company believed significantly narrowed the scope of the claim. Mr. Fox appealed the Dutch District Court’s jurisdiction decision. In April 2008, the Dutch Court of Appeal in Amsterdam ruled that the Dutch District Court does have jurisdiction over Spectranetics U.S., and the Court of Appeal referred the matter back to the Dutch District Court for further proceedings and decision involving both companies.
 
The Company is considering its options in light of the Court of Appeal’s decision at the appropriate levels in the Dutch courts. The Company intends to continue to vigorously defend the Dutch action.
 
Other
 
The Company is involved in other legal proceedings in the normal course of business and does not expect them to have a material adverse effect on our business.


39


Table of Contents

ITEM 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
None.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “SPNC.” The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices for the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ National Market for each calendar quarter in 2008 and 2007. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commissions, and may not necessarily represent the sales prices in actual transactions.
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008
               
1st Quarter
  $ 15.56     $ 7.69  
2nd Quarter
    11.40       8.27  
3rd Quarter
    10.97       3.78  
4th Quarter
    4.92       1.93  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
               
1st Quarter
  $ 11.80     $ 9.50  
2nd Quarter
    11.67       9.14  
3rd Quarter
    15.25       11.59  
4th Quarter
    16.59       12.79  
 
Number of Record Holders; Dividends
 
We have not paid cash dividends on our Common Stock in the past and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.
 
The closing sales price of our Common Stock on March 10, 2009, was $2.25. On March 10, 2009, we had 549 shareholders of record. This number was derived from our stockholder records and does not include beneficial owners of our common stock whose shares are held in the names of various dealers, clearing agencies, banks, brokers, and other fiduciaries.
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities
 
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008, we did not issue or sell any shares of our common stock or other equity securities of our company without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
There were no repurchases of the Company’s equity securities during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 
Securities Issuable Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
For a discussion of the securities authorized under our equity compensation plans, see Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” which incorporates by reference the information to be disclosed in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


40


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data
 
The following selected consolidated financial data, as of and for each year in the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, is derived from our consolidated financial statements. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and statement of operations data for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, have been derived from our audited financial statements also included elsewhere herein. The selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, audited financial statements of the Company not included herein.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(1):
                                       
Revenue
  $ 104,010     $ 82,874     $ 63,490     $ 43,212     $ 34,708  
Cost of revenue
    29,389       21,956       16,955       10,523       8,801  
Selling, general and administrative(2)
    63,600       50,048       39,824       24,149       19,347  
In-process research and development(3)
    3,849                          
Research, development and other technology
    13,449       10,814       9,910       6,661       5,355  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (6,277 )     56       (3,199 )     1,879       1,205  
Interest income
    1,668       2,633       1,954       432       238  
Interest expense related to litigation settlement
                      (387 )      
Other (expense) income, net
    (52 )     (35 )     (37 )     (8 )     (9 )
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (4,661 )     2,654       (1,282 )     1,916       1,434  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    706       4,575       (165 )     (878 )     1,518  
                                         
Net income (loss)(4)
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )   $ 1,038     $ 2,952  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.12  
Diluted
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.21     $ (0.05 )   $ 0.04     $ 0.11  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    31,826       31,225       29,130       25,940       25,080  
Diluted
    31,826       33,783       29,130       28,568       27,060  
 
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
    (In thousands)  
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                       
Working capital
  $ 32,668     $ 58,387     $ 52,552     $ 15,213     $ 13,662  
Cash, cash equivalents, and investment securities(5)
    36,048       53,037       56,467       16,913       17,410  
Restricted cash
    1,350       1,350                    
Property & equipment, net
    32,345       25,412       16,176       8,801       4,362  
Total assets
    107,096       108,046       91,494       38,775       33,038  
Long-term liabilities
    422       251       3       31       83  
Shareholders’ equity
    90,984       91,805       78,288       27,184       23,489  


41


Table of Contents

 
(1) As of January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement 123(R), which requires companies to measure all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair value method and to record that expense in their consolidated financial statements. We adopted Statement 123(R) on a modified prospective basis as defined in the statement and, under this adoption method, recorded expense relating to employee stock-based compensation awards in the periods subsequent to December 31, 2005. Accordingly, our statement of operations data for the two years ended December 31, 2005 does not reflect the effect of Statement 123(R), whereas our statement of operations data for subsequent periods reflect the impact of Statement 123(R).
 
(2) Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2008 included $2.4 million of legal and other expenses related to the FDA investigation.
 
(3) In-process research and development expense of $3.8 million in 2008 represented amounts related to a development project acquired from Kensey Nash as part of the endovascular product line acquisition. See further discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
(4) Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 included an adjustment of $6.6 million which represented the release of a valuation allowance that we determined was no longer required on specific deferred taxes. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 included a deferred tax asset valuation allowance adjustment of $1.6 million for similar reasons. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
(5) Cash, cash equivalents, and investment securities at December 31, 2008 included $15.6 million of auction rate securities, classified as long-term investments on our balance sheet, which are currently illiquid. See further discussion in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
ITEM 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Corporate Overview
 
We develop, manufacture, market and distribute single-use medical devices used in minimally invasive procedures within the cardiovascular system, many of which are used with our proprietary excimer laser system. More than 800 Spectranetics laser systems are used in hospitals worldwide. Excimer laser technology delivers relatively cool ultraviolet energy to ablate, or remove, multiple lesion morphology types which include plaque, calcium and thrombus. Our laser system includes the CVX-300® laser unit and various disposable fiber-optic laser catheters. Our laser catheters contain up to 250 small diameter, flexible optical fibers that can access difficult to reach peripheral and coronary anatomy and produce evenly distributed laser energy at the tip of the catheter for more uniform ablation. We believe that our excimer laser system is the only laser system approved in the United States, Europe, Japan and Canada for use in multiple, minimally invasive cardiovascular procedures. Our Vascular Intervention disposable products include a range of peripheral and cardiac laser catheters for ablation of occluded arteries above and below the knee and within coronary arteries. We also market non-laser aspiration catheters for the removal of thrombus and non-laser support catheters to facilitate crossing of coronary and peripheral arterial blockages. Our Lead Management disposable product line includes excimer laser sheaths and cardiac lead management accessories for the removal of pacemaker and defibrillator cardiac leads.
 
Although 87% of our revenue was derived in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2008, we also have regulatory approval to market our products in two key international markets. In Europe, we have the required approvals to market our products for the same indications that are approved in the United States. We have also received approval to market certain coronary atherectomy products in Japan, and are seeking additional approvals there for our newer coronary, peripheral and lead removal products. Our distributor, DVx Japan, is assisting us in pursuing reimbursement approval in Japan. We do not expect significant revenue increases in Japan unless and until reimbursement approval is received from the MHLW in Japan.
 
In 1993, the FDA approved for commercialization our CVX-300 laser system and the first generation of our fiber optic coronary atherectomy catheters. Several improvements and additions to our coronary atherectomy product line have been made since 1993 and have been approved for commercialization by the FDA. In 1997, we secured FDA approval to use our excimer laser system for removal of pacemaker and defibrillator leads, and we secured FDA approval in 2001 to market certain products for use in restenosed (clogged) stents (thin steel mesh tubes used to support the walls of coronary arteries) as a pretreatment prior to brachytherapy (radiation therapy).
 
In April 2004, we received 510(k) marketing clearance from the FDA for our CLiRpath excimer laser catheters which are indicated for use in the endovascular treatment of symptomatic infrainguinal lower extremity vascular disease when total obstructions are not crossable with a guidewire. The data submitted to the FDA showed that the limb salvage rate (no major amputations) among the 47 patients treated was 95% for those patients surviving six


42


Table of Contents

months following the procedure. There was no difference in serious adverse events as compared with the entire set of patients treated in the LACI (Laser Angioplasty for Critical Limb Ischemia) trial.
 
In October 2005, we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to incorporate several new features (80-Hz capability, “continuous on” lasing and lubricous coating) into our entire CLiRpath product line. The launch of this CLiRpath Turbo product line, to replace the CLiRpath catheters, was completed in the third quarter of 2006. In October 2006, we received FDA clearance to market our Turbo Elitetm product line, which added improved pushability, trackability and ablation capability as a result of an improved outer jacket and inner guidewire lumen, as well as additional laser fibers in most sizes, to our CLiRpath Turbo lines. We launched a limited market release of these products in the fourth quarter of 2006, with full transition to this product line substantially complete as of the end of the first quarter of 2007.
 
In July 2007, we received clearance from the FDA to market our Turbo-Booster product for the treatment of arterial stenoses and occlusions in the leg. The Turbo-Booster functions as a guiding catheter facilitating directed ablation of blockages in the main arteries at or above the knee. The Turbo-Booster combined with Turbo elite laser catheters allows for removal of large amounts of plaque material within the SFA and popliteal artery. This approval represented a broader indication for use as compared to previous labeling of the existing peripheral laser catheters. We began a limited market launch of the Turbo-Booster product in the third quarter of 2007, and a full launch was completed in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
In May 2008, we completed the acquisition of the endovascular business of Kensey Nash Corporation (KNC). Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement among us and KNC, we purchased from KNC all of the assets related to KNC’s QuickCat, ThromCat and SafeCross product lines for $11.7 million in cash, including acquisition costs of $0.8 million and including a first milestone payment of $1.0 million paid to KNC in October 2008. The primary reason for the acquisition of these product lines was to leverage our existing sales organization while extending our product offering in the area of thrombus management. Under the terms of the Agreement, we will pay KNC an additional $6 million once cumulative sales of the acquired products reach $20 million, and up to $7 million is payable based on various product development and regulatory milestones associated with the next generation ThromCat devices.
 
We simultaneously entered into a Manufacturing and License Agreement pursuant to which KNC will manufacture for us the endovascular products acquired by us under the Asset Purchase Agreement, and we will purchase such products exclusively from KNC for specified time periods. Revenue from these products subsequent to the acquisition date will be included in our reported vascular intervention disposable products revenue. Additionally, we and KNC also entered into a Development and Regulatory Services Agreement pursuant to which KNC will conduct work to develop, on our behalf, certain next-generation SafeCross and ThromCat products at KNC’s expense. We will own all intellectual property resulting from this development work. If clinical studies are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for those next-generation products, the costs will be shared equally by us and KNC. KNC additionally will be responsible, at its own expense, for regulatory filings with the FDA that are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for the next-generation products.
 
On September 4, 2008, we were jointly served by the FDA and the ICE with a search warrant issued by the United States District Court, District of Colorado. The search warrant requested information and correspondence relating to: (i) the promotion, use, testing, marketing and sales regarding certain of the company’s products for the treatment of in-stent restenosis, payments made to medical personnel and an identified institution for this application, (ii) the promotion, use, testing, experimentation, delivery, marketing and sales of catheter guidewires and balloon catheters manufactured by certain third parties outside of the United States, (iii) two post-market studies completed during the period from 2002 to 2005 and payments to medical personnel in connection with those studies and (iv) compensation packages for certain of the company’s personnel. We are cooperating with the appropriate authorities regarding this matter. See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings” and Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies” for a discussion of this and other legal proceedings in which we are involved.
 
On October 22, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors appointed Emile J. Geisenheimer, the Board Chairman, to the additional roles of President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Geisenheimer’s appointment followed the resignation of John G. Schulte as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director.


43


Table of Contents

Revenue by Product Line
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Disposable products:
                                               
Vascular Intervention
  $ 57,432       55 %   $ 47,461       57 %   $ 33,408       53 %
Lead Management
    28,898       28       21,173       25       17,235       27  
Service and other revenue*
    9,043       9       7,949       10       6,971       11  
Laser equipment
    8,637       8       6,291       8       5,876       9  
                                                 
Total revenue
  $ 104,010       100 %   $ 82,874       100 %   $ 63,490       100 %
                                                 
 
 
* Other revenue consists primarily of sales of ELANA disposable products (see “Strategic Alliances”), offset by a provision for sales returns.
 
Financial Results by Geographical Segment
 
Our two reporting segments consist of United States Medical, which includes the United States and Canada, and International Medical, which includes Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, Latin America and Puerto Rico.
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue
                                               
United States
  $ 90,276       87 %   $ 72,999       88 %   $ 55,420       87 %
International
    13,734       13       9,875       12       8,070       13  
                                                 
Total revenue
  $ 104,010       100 %   $ 82,874       100 %   $ 63,490       100 %
                                                 
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net (loss) income
                       
United States
  $ (5,620 )   $ 5,015     $ (3,070 )
International
    1,665       2,214       1,623  
                         
Total net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )
                         


44


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
 
The following tables present Consolidated Statements of Operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 based on the percentage of revenue for each line item, as well as the dollar and percentage change of each of the items.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                                                 
    For The Year Ended December 31,     $ change
    % change
 
    2008     % of rev     2007     % of rev     2008-2007     2008-2007  
    (In thousands, except for percentages and laser placements)  
 
Revenue
                                               
Disposable products revenue:
                                               
Vascular intervention
  $ 57,432       55 %   $ 47,461       57 %   $ 9,971       21 %
Lead management
    28,898       28       21,173       26       7,725       36  
                                                 
Total disposable products revenue
    86,330       83       68,634       83       17,696       26  
Service and other revenue
    9,043       9       7,949       9       1,094       14  
Laser revenue:
                                               
Equipment sales
    4,519       4       3,264       4       1,255       38  
Rental fees
    4,118       4       3,027       4       1,091       36  
                                                 
Total laser revenue
    8,637       8       6,291       8       2,346       37  
                                                 
Total revenue
    104,010       100       82,874       100       21,136       26  
Gross profit
    74,621       72       60,918       74       13,703       22  
Operating expenses
                                               
Selling, general and administrative(1)
    63,600       61       50,048       60       13,552       27  
Purchased in-process research and development
    3,849       4             0       3,849       100  
Research, development and other technology
    13,449       13       10,814       13       2,635       24  
                                                 
Total operating expenses
    80,898       78       60,862       73       20,036       33  
Operating (loss) income
    (6,277 )     (6 )     56       0       (6,333 )     nm  
Other income (expense)
                                               
Interest income
    1,668       2       2,633       3       (965 )     (37 )
Other, net
    (52 )     (0 )     (35 )     (0 )     (17 )     49  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (4,661 )     (4 )     2,654       3       (7,315 )     nm  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    706       1       4,575       6       (3,869 )     (85 )
                                                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )     (4 )%   $ 7,229       9 %   $ (11,184 )     nm %
                                                 
                                                 
Worldwide installed base summary:
                                               
Laser sales from inventory
    26               16                          
Rental placements
    102               121                          
Evaluation placements
    17               18                          
                                                 
Laser placements during year
    145               155                          
Buy-backs/returns during year
    (38 )             (35 )                        
                                                 
Net laser placements during year
    107               120                          
Installed base of laser systems
    850               743                          
                                                 
 
 
(1) Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2008 included $2.4 million of legal and other expenses related to the FDA investigation.


45


Table of Contents

 
Revenue and gross margin
 
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $104.0 million, an increase of 26% as compared to $82.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase is mainly attributable to a 26% increase in disposable products revenue, which consists of single-use catheter products, and a 37% increase in laser revenue. Our product mix remained relatively consistent from 2007 to 2008, with 83% of our revenue coming from disposables, 8% from laser sales and rentals, and 9% of revenue from service and other.
 
We separate our disposable products revenue into two separate categories — vascular intervention (VI) and lead management (LM). For the 2008 year, our VI revenue totaled $57.4 million (67% of our disposable products revenue) and our LM revenue totaled $28.9 million (33% of our disposable products revenue). For the 2007 year, our VI revenue totaled $47.5 million (69% of our disposable products revenue) and our LM revenue totaled $21.2 million (31% of our disposable products revenue). VI revenue, which includes products used in both the peripheral and coronary vascular systems, grew 21% in 2008 as compared with 2007. VI revenue growth was primarily due to unit volume increases in our Quick-Cross support catheter, unit volume increases from the continued penetration of our peripheral laser atherectomy product lines, as well as post-acquisition date revenue from the endovascular product lines acquired from Kensey Nash Corporation on May 30, 2008. VI revenue growth in 2008 slowed in comparison to 2007 due primarily to what we believe is a heightened competitive environment in atherectomy procedures. From the end of 2007 to the end of the 2008, our installed laser base increased from 743 to 850 lasers worldwide, an increase of 14%. VI revenue growth from current levels will depend on a number of factors, including (1) our ability to increase market acceptance of our Turbo Elite, TURBO-Booster and Quick-Cross product lines; (2) our ability to continue to increase the worldwide installed base of lasers; (3) our ability to increase market acceptance of the endovascular products acquired from Kensey Nash; and (4) the future success of our ongoing clinical research and product development activities.
 
Lead management revenue grew 36% for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared with the 2007 year. We continue to believe our LM revenue is increasing primarily as a result of the increase in the use of ICDs, devices that regulate heart rhythm. The current standard of care in this market is to cap leads and leave them in the body rather than remove them. We estimate that the vast majority of replaced pacemaker or defibrillator leads are capped and left in the body. We have established a dedicated lead management sales organization to increase awareness of potential complications associated with leaving abandoned or non-functioning leads in the body, in addition to other market development activities.
 
Laser equipment revenue was $8.6 million and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Laser sales revenue, which is included in laser equipment revenue, increased 38% to $4.5 million in 2008 from $3.3 million in 2007. We sold 30 laser units (26 as outright sales from inventory and four conversions from rental units) during 2008 as compared to 22 laser units (16 as outright sales from inventory and six sales conversions from rental units) during 2007. Rental revenue increased 36% during 2008, from $3.0 million in 2007 to $4.1 million in 2008. This increase is due primarily to the increase in our installed rental base of laser systems, which increased from 312 at December 31, 2007 to 388 at December 31, 2008. Service and other revenue increased to $9.0 million in 2008 as compared to $7.9 million in 2007. The 14% increase was due primarily to the increased installed base of laser units.
 
Our worldwide installed base of laser systems (which includes outright sales, rental units and evaluation units) increased by 107 during 2008, compared with an increase of 120 laser systems last year. This brings our worldwide installed base of laser systems to 850 (672 in the U.S.) at December 31, 2008.
 
Gross margin for 2008 was 72%, a decrease of two percentage points as compared with 74% in 2007. The gross margin decline was due to (1) higher facilities and quality assurance costs as compared with the year-ago period (some of which were associated with our move to a new facility in 2008), and (2) within disposables, a less-favorable margin mix of product revenues. In 2008, we experienced slower growth in our higher-margin laser catheters and relatively stronger growth in support catheters, which carry a slightly lower margin percentage, as well as thrombectomy products, manufactured by Kensey Nash, and which carry a lower margin. Additionally, laser and service margins were slightly lower than in the previous year.


46


Table of Contents

Operating expenses
 
Operating expenses of $80.9 million in 2008 increased 33% from $60.9 million in 2007. This increase is mainly due to a 27% increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and a 24% increase in research, development and other technology expenses relative to the prior year, as well as $3.8 million of in-process research and development acquired from Kensey Nash in the second quarter of 2008.
 
Selling, general and administrative
 
The 27% increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is primarily due to:
 
(1) Marketing and selling expenses increased approximately 24% or $9.2 million in 2008 compared with the prior year primarily as a result of the following:
 
  •  Increased personnel-related costs of approximately $4.1 million associated with the staffing of additional employees within our U.S. field sales and marketing organizations in 2008 as compared with 2007. Average sales and marketing headcount in 2007 was 111 compared with an average of 130 in 2008; total sales and marketing personnel totaled 125 employees at December 31, 2007 as compared with 135 at December 31, 2008. These costs include salaries and related taxes, recruiting, and travel costs.
 
  •  Increased commissions of approximately $2.5 million, which is mainly due to the increase in revenues and additional employees.
 
  •  Approximately $2.2 million in increased sales-related costs for our international operations, of which approximately $0.6 million was due to incremental expenses for sales and marketing activities related to the acquired Kensey Nash products in Europe.
 
  •  Increased expenses of approximately $0.4 million in other expenses, including depreciation, amortization, and materials.
 
(2) General and administrative expenses increased approximately 37% or $4.3 million in 2008 compared with the prior year, primarily the result of the following:
 
  •  Increased legal expense of approximately $2.6 million, primarily due both to costs related to the Federal investigation ($2.4 million) as well as the appeal of the Rentrop verdict (see Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies”).
 
  •  Increased personnel-related costs of approximately $0.9 million associated with the staffing of additional employees in our general and administrative departments as of the end of 2008 as compared with 2007. These costs include salaries and related taxes, benefits, recruiting, and travel costs.
 
  •  Increased expenses of approximately $0.8 million related to outside consulting expenses due to various projects related to the needs of our expanding workforce and information technology infrastructure.
 
  •  Increased depreciation, insurance and other facilities-related expenses of approximately $0.2 million.
 
  •  Increased bad debt expense of $0.1 million.
 
  •  The above increases were partially offset by a decrease in stock compensation expense of approximately $0.3 million included in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2008 as compared to the prior year, due to higher than anticipated forfeitures in 2008.
 
Research and development
 
Included in the results for 2008 is $3.8 million of in-process research and development expense acquired from KNC as part of the endovascular product line acquisition, which is discussed in more detail in Note 2, “Business Combination,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. The value assigned to acquired in-process technology is determined by identifying products under research in areas for which technological feasibility had not been established, including technology relating to products that have not received FDA approval and which


47


Table of Contents

has no alternative future use. During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, there was no material change in the status of the project that provided the basis for the value assigned to acquired in-process technology.
 
Research, development and other technology expenses of $13.5 million for 2008 represented an increase of 24% from $10.8 million in 2007. Costs included within research, development and other technology expenses are research and development costs, clinical studies costs and royalty costs associated with various license agreements with third-party licensors. The $2.7 million increase is primarily due to:
 
  •  Increased personnel-related costs (including recruiting and travel) of approximately $0.9 million due primarily to the hiring of nine additional engineering, regulatory and clinical studies employees since the prior year.
 
  •  Increased clinical studies and regulatory expenses of approximately $0.8 million related to a number of clinical studies being conducted by us that are in various stages of completion, as well as activities related to regulatory compliance.
 
  •  Increased royalty expenses of approximately $0.4 million due to higher sales of products incorporating technology that we license.
 
  •  Increased prototype materials, depreciation and other facilities-related expenses of approximately $0.7 million due to increased R&D project activity for both laser systems and disposables.
 
  •  The above increases were partially offset by a decrease in stock compensation expense of approximately $0.1 million included in research and development expenses in 2008 as compared to the prior year.
 
Interest income decreased 37% to $1.7 million in 2008 from $2.6 million in 2007. The decrease in interest income in 2008 is due primarily to a lower investment portfolio balance, primarily as a result of the $11.7 million paid to KNC in 2008 for the endovascular product line acquisition. Lower interest rates on our invested balances also contributed to the decline in interest income.
 
Pre-tax loss for 2008 was $4.7 million, compared with pre-tax income of $2.7 million for 2007. The current year results included the $3.8 million in-process research and development charge and $2.4 million of investigation expenses noted above. Given the Company’s significant historical net operating losses which are available to offset future taxable income, any income tax expense or benefit is a non-cash item. As a result, management believes that pre-tax income or loss is the most appropriate measure of its operating performance.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a net income tax benefit of $0.7 million against our pretax loss of $4.7 million. Included in the net tax benefit for 2007 was a non-cash tax benefit of $6.6 million related to a reduction in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset. This adjustment was made as a result of our quarterly assessment of our deferred tax asset as required by SFAS 109, and the reasons for the adjustment are discussed in more detail in Note 14, “Income Taxes,” to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition to the valuation allowance adjustment, for the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded an income tax provision of $2.0 million against our pretax income for the period. A portion of the Company’s granted stock options qualify as incentive stock options (ISO) for income tax purposes. As such, a tax benefit is not recorded at the time the compensation cost related to the options is recorded for book purposes due to the fact that an ISO does not ordinarily result in a tax benefit unless there is a disqualifying disposition. Due to the treatment of incentive stock options for tax purposes, our effective tax rate is subject to variability.
 
We recorded a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $4.0 million, or ($0.12) per fully diluted share, compared with net income of $7.7 million, or $0.21 per fully diluted share, in 2007. The current year results included the $3.8 million in-process research and development charge noted above, and the prior year results included a non-cash tax benefit of $6.6 million related to a reduction in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset.
 
The functional currency of Spectranetics International B.V. and Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH is the euro. All revenue and expenses are translated to U.S. dollars in the consolidated statements of operations using weighted average exchange rates during the year. Fluctuation in euro currency rates during year ended December 31, 2008 as compared with the prior year caused an increase in consolidated revenue of $0.7 million and an increase in consolidated operating expenses of $0.5 million, representing less than a 1% increase as compared with the prior year.


48


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared With Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,     $ change
    % change
 
    2007     % of rev     2006     % of rev     2007-2006     2007-2006  
    (In thousands, except for percentages and laser placements)  
 
Revenue
                                               
Disposable products revenue:
                                               
Vascular intervention
  $ 47,461       57 %   $ 33,408       53 %   $ 14,053       42 %
Lead management
    21,173       26       17,235       27       3,938       23  
                                                 
Total disposable products revenue
    68,634       83       50,643       80       17,991       36  
Service and other revenue
    7,949       9       6,971       11       978       14  
Laser revenue:
                                               
Equipment sales
    3,264       4       3,519       5       (255 )     (7 )
Rental fees
    3,027       4       2,357       4       670       28  
                                                 
Total laser revenue
    6,291       8       5,876       9       415       7  
                                                 
Total revenue
    82,874       100       63,490       100       19,384       31  
Gross profit
    60,918       74       46,535       73       14,383       31  
Operating expenses
                                               
Selling, general and administrative
    50,048       60       39,824       63       10,224       26  
Research, development and other technology
    10,814       13       9,910       15       904       9  
                                                 
Total operating expenses
    60,862       73       49,734       78       11,128       22  
Operating income (loss)
    56       0       (3,199 )     (5 )     3,255       102  
Other income (expense)
                                               
Interest income
    2,633       3       1,954       3       679       35  
Other, net
    (35 )     (0 )     (37 )     (0 )     2       (5 )
Income (loss) before income taxes
    2,654       3       (1,282 )     (2 )     3,936       307  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    4,575       6       (165 )     0       4,740       nm  
                                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 7,229       9 %   $ (1,447 )     (2 )%   $ 8,676       nm %
                                                 
                                                 
Worldwide installed base summary:
                                               
Laser sales from inventory
    16               14                          
Rental placements
    121               110                          
Evaluation placements
    18               19                          
                                                 
Laser placements during year
    155               145                          
Buy-backs/returns during year
    (35 )             (14 )                        
                                                 
Net laser placements during year
    120               129                          
Installed base of laser systems
    743               623                          
                                                 
 
Revenue during the year ended December 31, 2007 was $82.9 million, an increase of 31% compared with $63.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of increased revenue in all revenue categories, but driven primarily by growth in disposable products revenue.
 
Disposable products revenue was $68.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, which was 36% higher than disposable products revenue of $50.6 million during the same period in 2006. We separate our disposable products revenue into two separate categories — vascular intervention (which includes our atherectomy and support catheter products) and lead management. For the year ended December 31, 2007, our vascular intervention revenue totaled $47.5 million (69% of disposable products revenue) and our lead management revenue totaled


49


Table of Contents

$21.2 million (31% of our disposable products revenue). Vascular intervention revenue, which includes products used in both the coronary and peripheral vascular system, grew 42% and was the main driver of disposable product revenue growth in 2007 compared with 2006. Vascular intervention revenue growth was primarily due to unit volume increases from the continued penetration of our Turbo Elite product line, and, to a lesser extent to unit volume increases in our Quick-Cross support catheter. Approximately 10% of the vascular intervention revenue growth compared with the prior year was due to unit price increases related to our Turbo Elite product line, the launch of which was completed in the second quarter of 2007. Atherectomy revenue growth from current levels will depend on our ability to increase market acceptance of the Turbo Elite product line and our ability to continue to increase the worldwide installed base of lasers, as well as the future success of our ongoing clinical research and product development within the coronary and peripheral atherectomy markets.
 
Lead management revenue grew 23% during 2007 compared with 2006. We continue to believe our lead management revenue is increasing primarily as a result of the increase in use of ICDs, devices that regulate heart rhythm. Recent clinical studies (Multicenter Automatic Defibrillator Implantation Trial II, or MADIT II, the Sudden Cardiac Death in Heart Failure Trial, or ScDHeft, and the Cardiac-Resynchronization Therapy with and without Implantable Defibrillator in Advanced Chronic Heart Failure trial, or COMPANION) have shown positive results expanding the patient population that may benefit from defibrillator implants. The results of the MADIT clinical trial became available in 2002, the SCD-Heft clinical trial results were made public in March 2004, and the COMPANION results were published in May 2004. Growth in the ICD (including cardiac resynchronization defibrillators or CRT-Ds) market continue to be fueled by these and other trials, depending on the establishment of referral patterns to electrophysiologists for this expanded patient pool and maintenance of appropriate reimbursement, although there can be no assurance that this will occur. Generally, growth in the implantable defibrillator market contributes to growth in our lead management business. Although we expect our lead management business to continue to grow, there can be no assurances to that effect. While removal of infected pacing and defibrillation leads is widely accepted, the predominant practice in this market is to cap non-functional leads and leave them in the body rather than to remove them. When an ICD or CRT-D device is implanted, it often replaces a pacemaker. In these cases, the old ventricular pacing lead may be removed to minimize the potential for venous obstruction when the new ICD leads and any additional pacing leads are implanted. We believe along with many top physicians that removal of non-functional leads in many cases, especially in relatively younger patients, serves to avoid future complicating scenarios that may occur over the course of the patient’s life with their implanted leads. Additionally, a large manufacturer of pacemakers and defibrillators and the related leads announced a recall of 235,000 leads in the United States marketed under the Fidelis brand, due to a failure rate of these leads that was higher than that of other similar leads. Although physicians are not recommending the removal of all these Fidelis leads, we expect a portion of these leads to be removed.
 
Laser equipment revenue in 2007 was $6.3 million compared with $5.9 million in 2006, which represents an increase of 7%. As of December 31, 2007 our worldwide installed base of laser systems was 743 (587 in the United States) compared with 623 (488 in the United States) as of December 31, 2006. This represents new laser placements in 2007 of 120 laser systems (net of returns) compared to 129 new laser systems placed during 2006. Data as to our installed base of laser systems and new laser placements includes outright sales, rentals and lasers being evaluated during a trial period by potential purchasers.
 
Laser sales revenue, which is included in laser equipment revenue, decreased 7% to $3.3 million for 2007 as compared to $3.5 million for 2006. The decrease was due to the sale of five fewer units (22 in 2007 compared to 27 in 2006), partially offset by an increase in average sale prices (from $128,000 in 2006 to $148,000 in 2007) for the units sold (due to a higher mix of sales from inventory as compared to rental/evaluation conversions.) Rental revenue increased from $2.4 million in 2006 to $3.0 million in 2007, due mainly to an increase in systems placed with customers under our various rental programs, particularly our “Cap-Free” program, which was introduced in the second quarter of 2005. Most of our laser system placements during 2006 and 2007 related to systems placed under our Cap-Free and Evergreen rental program, as opposed to outright sales, and we expect in 2008 that most of our new laser placements will continue to be under our Cap-Free and other rental programs. We believe that laser system placements is a more relevant metric for measuring our progress within the equipment business, as it represents new customers that have elected to acquire a laser system, whether it be from an outright sale from


50


Table of Contents

inventory, or a rental program. A laser system placement represents an opportunity to sell our higher-margin disposable products.
 
Service and other revenue of $7.9 million during 2007 increased 14% from $7.0 million for 2006. Service and other revenue is generated through the repair and maintenance services offered to our customers and is associated exclusively with our laser systems. The growth in service and other revenue is a result of an increase in our installed base.
 
Gross margin increased to 74% as a percentage of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared with 73% during the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was mainly due to (1) an increase in unit prices related to our Turbo Elite product line due to the full-year effect of a price increase instituted in 2006 and (2) an improvement in the mix of our revenue, with a higher percentage increase in higher-margin disposable products than the percentage increase in lower-margin laser equipment revenue.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 26% to $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared with $39.8 million in 2006. The increase is primarily due to the following:
 
  •  Selling expenses increased approximately $9.4 million due to the following factors:
 
  •  Approximately $3.6 million relates to personnel-related expenses associated with the hiring of 28 additional employees in 2007 within our sales and marketing organizations. These increased costs include salaries and benefits, recruiting and travel costs. An additional $3.1 million of the increase relates to higher commissions expense as a result of our increased revenue compared with the prior year.
 
  •  Increased expenses associated with the operations of Spectranetics International, B.V., our wholly-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands that serves the European market, represented approximately $1.1 million of the increase. The majority of this increase relates to the payment of additional commissions on increased sales in Europe for 2007 as compared to 2006 as well as costs associated with the hiring of two additional employees for the European sales organization, including a Managing Director.
 
  •  Additional convention, meeting and education costs, primarily the result of attendance at an increasing number of tradeshows and conventions, combined with additional physician training costs incurred primarily in peer-to-peer clinical training sessions, accounted for approximately $0.9 million of the increase.
 
  •  The remainder of the increase relates to increased materials and supplies costs consumed by our various sales and marketing departments as well as increased allocation of facilities-related costs.
 
  •  General and administrative expenses increased approximately $0.5 million as a result of:
 
  •  Increased personnel-related costs of approximately $1.0 million associated with increased staffing.
 
  •  Increased facilities-related and depreciation costs of $0.6 million due to the relocation of our G&A departments to a leased facility in north Colorado Springs.
 
  •  Increased bad debts expense of $0.1 million, which is consistent with the increase in total accounts receivable.
 
The above increases were partially offset by the following decreases in G&A expense compared to the prior year:
 
  •  Decreased costs of approximately $0.6 million as compared with 2006 related to accrued Company-wide incentive compensation based on financial performance in relation to established targets.
 
  •  Decreased legal fees of approximately $0.4 million, primarily due to a reduction in the amount of legal expense associated with the Rentrop lawsuit. Legal matters are discussed within Part I, Item 3 — Legal Proceedings within this report. Additionally, other outside consulting fees decreased by approximately $0.3 million.
 
Research, development and other technology expenses include royalty expenses, research and development expenses, and clinical study expenses. Research, development and other technology expenses of $10.8 million for


51


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2007 increased 9% from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The following items contributed to increases in research, development and other technology expenses for 2007 as compared to 2006:
 
  •  Increased personnel-related costs of approximately $0.4 million due to the hiring of additional engineering staff for the development of new products for our technology.
 
  •  Increased facilities-related costs of $0.4 million due to the relocation of our R&D departments to a leased facility in north Colorado Springs.
 
  •  Increased outside services expense of approximately $0.3 million which primarily includes increased fees paid to outside vendors assisting us with technology enhancements to our laser system.
 
  •  Increased amortization expense of approximately $0.1 million related primarily to the purchase of an electronic document control program and two new patents.
 
The above increases were partially offset by the following decreases in R&D expense compared to the prior year:
 
  •  Decreased royalties expense of approximately $0.2 million. In the fourth quarter of 2006, we recorded a $0.7 million charge related to the tentative verdict in the Rentrop case as royalty expense. We have made additional royalty accruals in 2007 related to the Rentrop matter on subsequent sales, but the total expense recorded in 2007 is less than what was recorded in 2006. This was partially offset by increased royalties related to certain licensed technology as a result of our higher sales.
 
  •  Decreased materials and other supplies costs of approximately $0.2 million due to reduced prototype materials expense in 2007.
 
Interest income for 2007 was $2.6 million, compared with $2.0 million for 2006. The increase in interest income in 2007 is mainly due to the full-year effect of the invested net proceeds of the secondary stock offering we completed in the second quarter of 2006. Our investment securities portfolio consists primarily of government or government agency securities with maturities less than two years.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a net income tax benefit of $4.6 million, compared to income tax expense of $165,000 for the prior year. Included in the net tax benefit for 2007 is a non-cash tax benefit of $6.6 million related to a reduction in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset. This adjustment was made in the second quarter of 2007 as a result of our quarterly assessment of our deferred tax asset as required by SFAS 109, and the reasons for the adjustment are discussed in more detail in Note 14, “Income Taxes,” to our accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition to the valuation allowance adjustment, for the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded an income tax provision of $2.0 million against out pretax income for the year. A portion of the Company’s granted stock options qualify as incentive stock options (ISO) for income tax purposes. As such, a tax benefit is not recorded at the time the compensation cost related to the options is recorded for book purposes due to the fact that an ISO does not ordinarily result in a tax benefit unless there is a disqualifying disposition. Due to the treatment of incentive stock options for tax purposes our effective tax rate is subject to variability.
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $7.2 million, or $0.21 per diluted share, compared with a net loss of ($1.4 million) or ($0.05) per diluted share during the year ended December 31, 2006. Net income for 2007 includes the $6.6 million deferred tax asset valuation allowance adjustment noted above.
 
Income Taxes
 
At December 31, 2008, we had net operating loss carryforwards for United States federal income tax purposes of approximately $14.7 million. Our ability to use these NOLs in the future may be limited. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors — The amount of our net operating loss carryovers may be limited.”
 
We also have tax loss carryforwards in The Netherlands, which currently expire in 2012, of approximately $14.9 million available to offset future taxable income, if any, in the Netherlands. The amount of tax loss carryforwards has been reduced from amounts previously recorded after an audit by, and negotiations with, the


52


Table of Contents

Netherlands taxing authority. These foreign loss carryforwards had been fully reserved with a valuation allowance, so the reduction adjustment had no impact on our income tax provision for 2008.
 
An alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $0.4 million is available to offset future regular tax liabilities and has no expiration date. For alternative minimum tax purposes, we have net operating loss carryforwards for United States federal income tax purposes of approximately $14.2 million.
 
We also have research and experimentation tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes at December 31, 2008 of approximately $0.8 million, which are available to reduce future federal income taxes, if any, and expire at varying dates through 2024.
 
At December 31, 2008, based upon the level of historical income and projections for future income, we have recorded a net deferred tax asset of $6.5 million, as we have determined it is more likely than not that we will recover this amount in future periods.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $16.1 million, a decrease of $20.5 million from $36.6 million at December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the purchase of the Kensey Nash endovascular product line in the second quarter of 2008 for $11.7 million; capital expenditures made in support of increased manufacturing capacity, including related facilities costs, of $5.1 million; net purchases of investment securities of $5.6 million, and cash used in operating activities of $1.1 million. These uses of cash were partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $3.0 million during the year.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had cash, cash equivalents, and current investment securities of $20.5 million. We consider the total of cash, cash equivalents and current investment securities to be available for operating activities since the cash equivalents and current investment securities can be readily converted to cash.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had long-term investment securities of $15.6 million, an increase of $12.6 million from $3.0 million at December 31, 2007. Long-term investment securities at December 31, 2008 consisted of our auction rate securities (ARS) which we acquired in January 2008 and which are currently illiquid.
 
During 2008, we recorded temporary impairment charges totaling $2.1 million (of which $0.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter) against the $17.7 million par value of our ARS to their estimated fair market value of $15.6 million, and the $2.1 million temporary unrealized loss is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within total stockholders’ equity. The reduction in fair value was deemed necessary due to the impact on the valuation of these securities of the worsening global financial crisis and the continued failure of auctions of these securities throughout 2008. The fair value of our ARS at December 31, 2008 is based on third-party pricing models and is classified as a Level 3 pricing category in accordance with SFAS 157. We utilized a discounted cash flow model to estimate the current fair market value for each of the securities we owned as there was no recent activity in the secondary markets in these types of securities. This model used unique inputs for each security including discount rate, interest rate currently being paid and maturity.
 
If uncertainties in the credit and capital markets continue, if these markets deteriorate further or if we experience rating downgrades on any investments in our portfolio, including our ARS, the market value of our investment portfolio may decline further, which we may determine is an other-than-temporary impairment. This would result in a realized loss and would negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. Although we currently believe that our cash, cash equivalents and current investment securities balances at December 31, 2008 are sufficient to fund our operations through December 31, 2009, the outcome of the federal investigation and shareholder and derivative litigation and our obligations to indemnify and advance the legal expenses of our present and former directors, officers and agents are uncertain and may require resources beyond what we have currently available. We cannot provide assurances that debt or equity financing, if needed, would be available on favorable terms, if at all.
 
See further discussion of our ARS below under “Critical Accounting Polices” and in Note 3, “Investment Securities,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.


53


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2008, cash used in operating activities totaled $1.1 million. The primary uses of cash were the following:
 
  •  The net loss of $4.0 million;
 
  •  An increase in equipment held for rental or loan of $7.7 million as a result of expanding placement activity of our laser systems through “Cap-Free”, rental, or evaluation programs;
 
  •  Increased inventories of $2.0 million, primarily the result of higher stocking levels to meet the increase in catheter demand; and
 
  •  An increase in trade accounts receivable of $0.9 million due to increased sales.
 
The above uses of cash from operating activities were offset by a $0.6 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as well as non-cash expenses of $13.0 million, including depreciation and amortization of $7.4 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.8 million, and in-process research and development of $3.8 million, less the non-cash deferred income tax benefit of $1.0 million.
 
We continue to stay focused on the management of accounts receivable as measured by days sales outstanding and will continue this focus in 2009 with the goal of maintaining the current level of days sales outstanding, although there can be no assurances this goal will be achieved given the current economic conditions. For the equipment held for rental or loan account, any increases will be based on the level of evaluation or rental (including Cap-Free) laser placements offset by sales of laser systems previously placed under evaluation or rental programs. We continue to expect most of our laser placement activity in 2009 to be in the form of various rental programs we offer.
 
The table below presents the change in receivables and inventory in relative terms, through the presentation of financial ratios. Days sales outstanding are calculated by dividing the ending accounts receivable balance, net of reserves for sales returns and doubtful accounts, by the average daily sales for the previous quarter. Inventory turns are calculated by dividing annualized cost of sales for the previous quarter by ending inventory.
 
                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
 
Days Sales Outstanding
    53       54  
Inventory Turns
    3.8       4.6  
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, cash used in investing activities was $22.5 million, including $11.7 million paid for the acquisition of the Kensey Nash endovascular product line. Other investing activities for 2008 included capital expenditures of $5.1 million, and purchases of investments (net of sales) of $5.7 million. The capital expenditures included manufacturing capacity expansion projects, including leasehold improvements made to our new facility in north Colorado Springs, as well as additional capital items for research and development projects and additional computer equipment and software purchases.
 
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $3.0 million, comprised entirely of proceeds from the sale of common stock to employees, former employees and directors as a result of exercises of stock options and stock issuances under our employee stock purchase plan. If the market price of our common stock does not increase from current levels, we do not expect significant proceeds from the exercise of stock options in 2009. At December 31, 2008, there were no significant debt or capital lease obligations.
 
Capital Resources
 
During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we purchased approximately $5.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of property and equipment for cash. During 2008 and 2007 we also invested approximately $7.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively, in laser equipment held for rental or loan under our “Cap Free,” Evergreen, rental and evaluation programs (these amounts are included in cash flows from operating activities). We expect to fund any capital expenditures in 2009 from cash and cash equivalents.


54


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
 
The Company leases office space, furniture and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms that expire at various dates through 2017. Purchase obligations consist of purchase orders issued primarily for inventory. Royalty obligations represent the minimum royalties due under a license agreement. The future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases and purchase obligations as of December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
          One Year
    2-3
    4-5
    More Than
 
    Total     or Less     Years     Years     5 Years  
 
Operating Leases
  $ 9,010     $ 1,469     $ 2,611     $ 2,224     $ 2,706  
Purchase Obligations
    12,636       11,293       1,343              
Royalty Obligations
    2,700       200       400       400       1,700  
                                         
Total
  $ 24,346     $ 12,962     $ 4,354     $ 2,624     $ 4,406  
                                         
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not maintain any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant items subject to estimates and assumptions include the carrying amount of our investments in auction rate securities; the carrying amount of property and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets; valuation allowances and reserves for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets; stock-based compensation, and accrued royalty expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Below is a discussion of our critical accounting policies and their impact on the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
 
Use of Estimates.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those relating to product returns, bad debts, inventories, the valuation of investment securities, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, royalty obligations, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These judgments and estimates form the basis for the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities that are not objectively available from other sources. Carrying values of these assets and liabilities may differ under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Revenue Recognition.  We recognize revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of our disposable products is recognized when products are shipped to the customer and title transfers. In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, we allow returns under certain circumstances and record a provision for sales returns based on historical returns experience. Revenue from the sale of excimer laser systems is recognized after completion of contractual obligations, which generally include delivery and installation of the systems. Our field service engineers are responsible for installation of each laser. We generally provide a one-year warranty on laser sales, which includes parts, labor and replacement gas. The fair value of this service is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the related warranty period and warranty costs are expensed in the period they are incurred. Upon expiration of the warranty period, the Company offers similar service to its customers under service contracts or on a fee-for-service basis. Revenue from warranty


55


Table of Contents

service and service contracts is initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a straight-line basis over the related service contract period, which is generally one year. Revenue from fee-for-service arrangements is recognized upon completion of the related service.
 
We offer four laser system placement programs, which are described below, in addition to the sale of laser systems:
 
1. Cap-Free rental program — Under this program, we retain title to the laser system and the customer agrees to a catheter price list that includes a per-unit surcharge. Customers are expected, but not required, to make minimum purchases of catheters at regular intervals, and we reserve the right to have the unit returned should the minimum purchases not be made. We recognize the total surcharge as revenue upon shipment of the catheters, believing it to be the best measurement of revenue associated with the customers’ use of the laser unit each month. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment, and the depreciation expense related to the system is included in cost of revenue based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending on whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred.
 
2. Evergreen rental program — Rental revenue under this program varies on a sliding scale depending on the customer’s catheter purchases each month. Rental revenue is invoiced on a monthly basis and revenue is recognized upon invoicing. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment, and depreciation expense is recorded within cost of revenue based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending on whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred.
 
3. Straight rental program — We also offer a straight monthly rental program, and there are a small number of hospitals that pay rent of $2,500 to $5,000 per month under this program.
 
4. Evaluation programs — The Company “loans” laser systems to institutions for use over a short period of time, usually three to six months. The loan of the equipment is to create awareness of our products and their capabilities, and no revenue is earned or recognized in connection with the placement of a loaned laser, although sales of disposable products result from the laser placement. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment and depreciation expense is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending on whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred.
 
We account for service provided during the one-year warranty period as a separate unit of accounting in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Bulletin (EITF) No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. As such, we defer the fair value of this service and recognize it as revenue on a straight-line basis over the related warranty period and warranty costs are expensed in the period they are incurred. Revenue allocated to the laser element is recognized upon completion of all contractual obligations in the sales contract, which generally includes delivery and installation of the laser system. Revenue recognized associated with service to be performed during the warranty period totaled $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
We sell to end-users in the United States and internationally as well as to certain international distributors. Sales to international distributors represented approximately 6% of our worldwide sales in 2008. Distributor agreements are in place with each distributor, which outline the significant terms of the transactions between the distributor and the Company. The terms and conditions of sales to our international distributors do not differ materially from the terms and conditions of sales to our domestic and international end-user customers. Sales to distributors are recognized either at shipment or a later date in accordance with the agreed upon contract terms with distributors, provided that we have received an order, the price is fixed or determinable, collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, all contractual obligations have been met and we can reasonably estimate returns. We provide products to our distributors at agreed wholesale prices and do not typically provide any special right of return or exchange, discounts, significant sales incentives, price protection or stock rotation rights to any of our distributors.


56


Table of Contents

Allowance for Sales Returns.  We estimate product sales returns based upon an analysis of revenue transactions and historical experience of sales returns and price adjustments. The provision for sales returns is recorded as a reduction of revenue based on our estimates. Actual sales returns may vary depending on customer inventory levels, new product introductions and other factors. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable based on facts in existence at the time of estimation, these facts are subject to change.
 
Royalty liability.  We license certain patents from various licensors pursuant to license agreements. Royalty expense is calculated pursuant to the terms of the license agreements and is included in research, development and other technology in the accompanying financial statements. We have established liabilities for royalty payment obligations based on these calculations, which involve management estimates that require judgment. Although we believe the estimates to be reasonable based on facts in existence at the time of estimation, the estimates are subject to change based on changes in the underlying facts and assumptions used to develop these estimates.
 
Stock-based compensation.  On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123(R)) which requires companies to measure all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair value method and record such expense in their consolidated financial statements. SFAS 123(R) focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. SFAS 123(R) does not change the accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in SFAS 123. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) relating to SFAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 in our adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires recognition of expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. We estimate the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model, which requires management’s estimates and assumptions regarding volatility, expected term of the options, and other inputs. Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.8 million, $3.2 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
 
Income Taxes.  We account for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is provided to the extent it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. As of December 31, 2008, we have a net deferred tax asset of $6.5 million. We believe that it is more likely than not that this net deferred tax asset will be realized, but there can be no assurances that our estimates are accurate or that our assumptions will not change.
 
Valuation of Purchased In-Process Research and Development (IPRD), Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.  When a business combination occurs, such as the acquisition of the Kensey Nash endovascular product line in the second quarter of 2008, the purchase price is allocated based upon the fair value of tangible assets, IPRD, goodwill and intangible assets. We recognize IPRD in a business combination for the portion of the purchase price allocated to the appraised value of in-process technologies, defined as those technologies relating to products that have not received FDA approval and have no alternative future use. Valuations require the use of significant estimates. The amount of the purchase price allocated to IPRD is determined by estimating future cash flows of the technology and discounting net cash flows back to present values. We consider, among other things, the project’s stage of completion, complexity of the work completed as of the acquisition date, costs already incurred, projected costs to complete, contribution of core technologies and other acquired assets, expected introduction date and the estimated useful life of the technology. The discount rate used to arrive at a present value as of the date of acquisition is based on the time value of money and medical technology investment risk. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identifiable net assets of the business acquired and the amount allocated to IPRD. During the third and


57


Table of Contents

fourth quarters of 2008, there was no material change in the status of the project that provided the basis for the value assigned to acquired in-process technology.
 
Valuation of Auction Rate Securities (ARS).  The fair value for our ARS at December 31, 2008 is based on third-party pricing models and is classified as a Level 3 pricing category in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. We utilized a discounted cash flow model to estimate the current fair market value for each of the securities we owned as there was no recent activity in the secondary markets in these types of securities. This model used unique inputs for each security including discount rate, interest rate currently being paid and estimated date to liquidation. The discount rates ranged from 4.1% to 6.0%. In order to calculate the discount rate, we estimated the expected yield on an average high grade municipal bond. In our view, high grade municipal bonds are the most closely comparable security to the auction rate securities contained in our portfolio because they have similar credit quality and are government-backed, as is the substantial portion of our ARS portfolio (through the FELP program). We utilized forecasts for the 3-month LIBOR based on the weighted average of the Bloomberg Analyst Forecasts, then estimated the spread between the 3-month LIBOR and a high-grade municipal bond to be 200 basis points, based on current and historical market data. Because we are currently unable to withdraw from the securities, we also added a 100 basis points illiquidity premium to the discount rate.
 
The estimated liquidation dates used in the valuation analysis as of December 31, 2008 ranged from 5 to 7 years, and were increased by two years as compared to the estimated liquidation dates used in the analysis we performed as of September 30, 2008. The additional two years to expected liquidation caused an increase in the temporary impairment recorded of $0.8 million as compared to the valuation that we performed at September 30, 2008. At December 31, 2008, we also performed a sensitivity analysis in the valuation of our ARS using an estimated date to liquidation of plus or minus two years and a discount rate of plus or minus 50 basis points. The sensitivity analysis with these parameters calculated a valuation ranging from $14.6 million to $16.2 million. We believe that our current valuation of $15.6 million is a reasonable measure of fair value of the securities.
 
The Company will reassess the temporary impairment recorded in 2008 in future reporting periods based on several factors, including continued failure of auctions, failure of investments to be redeemed, deterioration of credit ratings of investments, market risk, our ability to hold the investments to maturity, and other factors. Such a reassessment may result in a conclusion that the investments are more than temporarily impaired, which would result in a charge to our consolidated statement of operations.
 
Goodwill impairment.  Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. We adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), as of January 1, 2002. Pursuant to SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. SFAS 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Statement No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Intangible assets, which consist primarily of patents, are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 to 17 years. Management must use significant estimates and assumptions in evaluating whether or not impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets has occurred, and in evaluating the useful lives of amortized intangible assets. Significant changes in these estimates and management’s assumptions may reduce the carrying amount of these intangible assets.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the fair value measurement and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which establishes specific criteria for the fair value measurements of financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are already subject to fair value measurements under current accounting rules. SFAS 157 also requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB approved FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which allows companies to elect a one-year delay in applying SFAS 157 to certain fair value measurements, primarily related to nonfinancial instruments. We elected the delayed adoption date for the


58


Table of Contents

portions of SFAS 157 impacted by FSP SFAS 157-2. The partial adoption of SFAS 157 was prospective and did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial statements. We expect that the application of the deferred portion of SFAS 157 to the nonrecurring fair value measurements of our nonfinancial assets and liabilities will not have a material impact on our financial statements. In accordance with FSP SFAS 157-2, the fair value measurements for nonfinancial assets and liabilities will be adopted effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active. FSP SFAS 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157, which we adopted as of January 1, 2008, in situations where the market is not active. We have considered the guidance provided by FSP SFAS 157-3 in our determination of estimated fair values as of December 31, 2008. See Note 3, “Investment Securities,” for further discussion.
 
Also effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 creates a “fair value option” under which an entity may elect to record certain financial assets or liabilities at fair value upon their initial recognition. Subsequent changes in fair value would be recognized in earnings as those changes occur. The election of the fair value option would be made on a contract-by contract basis and would need to be supported by concurrent documentation or a preexisting documented policy. SFAS 159 requires an entity to separately disclose the fair value of these items on the balance sheet or in the footnotes to the financial statements and to provide information that would allow the financial statement user to understand the impact on earnings from changes in the fair value. We did not elect the fair value option for any of our financial assets or liabilities.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 07-3, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Good or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities. This Issue requires that nonrefundable advance payments for research and development activities be deferred and capitalized. Such amounts should be recognized as an expense as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed or when the goods or services are no longer expected to be provided. This Issue was effective for us as of January 1, 2008, and is to be applied prospectively for new contracts entered into after that date. The adoption of this consensus did not have a material impact on the our financial statements.
 
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)). Under SFAS 141(R), an entity is required to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies, and contingent consideration at their fair value on the acquisition date. It further requires that acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred, restructuring costs generally be expensed in periods subsequent to the acquisition date, and changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period impact income tax expense. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) will change the accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis beginning in 2009. The effects are presumed to be material to the accounting for future business acquisitions and will also increase future income statement volatility upon consummation of future business acquisitions.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. This statement is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP for nongovernmental entities. Prior to the issuance of SFAS No. 162, GAAP hierarchy was defined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement on Auditing Standards (“SAS”) No. 69, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We adopted SFAS 162 effective November 15, 2008, and its adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.


59


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
 
We are exposed to a variety of risks, including changes in interest rates affecting the return on our investments and foreign currency fluctuations. Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relate primarily to our investment portfolio. We attempt to place our investments with high quality issuers and, by policy, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We maintain an investment portfolio of various issuers, types and maturities, which consist of both fixed and variable rate financial instruments. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale, and consequently, are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component in stockholders’ equity, net of applicable taxes. At any time, sharp changes in interest rates can affect the value of our investment portfolio and its interest earnings. Currently, we do not hedge these interest rate exposures.
 
At December 31, 2008, we have $4.4 million of investment securities available for sale that are classified as “current” on our balance sheet. Since these investments have maturities of less than one year, we do not expect interest rate fluctuations to have a significant impact on their fair values.
 
We also hold $15.6 million in auction rate securities, classified as long-term on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2008, and changes in interest rates and other assumptions in the valuation of these securities may have a significant impact on their valuation. The underlying assets of the auction rate securities we hold are student loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Education Loan Program. Auction rate securities are collateralized long-term debt instruments that historically have provided liquidity through a Dutch auction process that reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, typically every 7, 28, 35 or 49 days. Beginning in February 2008, auctions failed for our holdings because sell orders exceeded buy orders. The funds associated with these failed auctions will not be accessible until the issuer calls the security, a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the security matures.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the unrealized loss on our auction rate securities was approximately $2.1 million, reducing the par value of the securities of $17.7 million to their fair value of $15.6 million. At December 31, 2008, we also performed a sensitivity analysis in the valuation of our ARS using an estimated date to liquidation of plus or minus two years and a discount rate of plus or minus 50 basis points. The sensitivity analysis with these parameters calculated a valuation ranging from $14.6 million to $16.2 million.
 
We will reassess the temporary impairment recorded in 2008 in future reporting periods based on several factors, including continued failure of auctions, failure of investments to be redeemed, deterioration of credit ratings of investments, market risk and other factors. Such a reassessment may result in a conclusion that the investments are more than temporarily impaired, which would result in a charge to our consolidated statement of operations.
 
See further discussion of our auction rate securities above under Item 7, “Critical Accounting Polices,” and in Note 3, “Investment Securities,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
 
Our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is primarily related to sales of our products in Europe, which are denominated in the euro. Changes in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar could adversely affect our revenue and net income. Exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk may increase over time as our business evolves and our products continue to be introduced into international markets. Currently, we do not hedge against any foreign currencies and, as a result, could incur unanticipated gains or losses. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately $0.7 million of increased revenue and $0.5 million of increased operating expenses were the result of exchange rate fluctuations of the U.S. dollar in relation to the euro as compared to the prior year. Accordingly, the net impact of exchange rate fluctuations on consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was an increase in net income of $0.2 million as compared to the prior year.
 
ITEM 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 15 on page F-1 of this Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.


60


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
 
As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
 
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


61


Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal controls were designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.
 
Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s accompanying consolidated financial statements and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of the independent registered public accounting firm is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
     
March 16, 2009
 
/s/  Emile J. Geisenheimer
EMILE J. GEISENHEIMERChairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
     
March 16, 2009
 
/s/  Guy A. Childs
GUY A. CHILDSVice President, Chief Financial Officer


62


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B.   Other Information
 
None.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
Audit Committee Financial Expert.  This information is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
Identification of the Audit Committee.  This information is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership.  This information is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
Code of Ethics.  This information is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
ITEM 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
ITEM 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
ITEM 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
ITEM 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.


63


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Documents Filed as a Part of The Report
 
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements
 
See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at page F-1 of this Form 10-K.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Not applicable.
 
(3) Exhibits
 
See Exhibit Index on page 66.


64


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Colorado Springs, State of Colorado, on this 16th day of March, 2009.
 
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Emile J. Geisenheimer
Emile J. Geisenheimer
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Emile J. Geisenheimer

Emile J. Geisenheimer
  Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer,
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 16, 2009
         
/s/  Guy A. Childs

Guy A. Childs
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  March 16, 2009
         
/s/  David G. Blackburn

David G. Blackburn
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
    

Anne Melissa Dowling
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
/s/  R. John Fletcher

R. John Fletcher
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
/s/  Martin T. Hart

Martin T. Hart
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
    

William C. Jennings
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
/s/  Joseph M. Ruggio, M.D.

Joseph M. Ruggio, M.D.
  Director   March 16, 2009
         
/s/  Craig M. Walker, M.D.

Craig M. Walker, M.D.
  Director   March 16, 2009


65


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Stockholders and Board of Directors
The Spectranetics Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Spectranetics Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting included in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Spectranetics Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, The Spectranetics Corporation and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
/s/  Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC
Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC
March 16, 2009
Denver, Colorado


F-2


Table of Contents

THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except share amounts)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16,113     $ 36,657  
Restricted cash
    1,350        
Investment securities available for sale
    4,365       13,343  
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $754 and $601, respectively
    15,555       14,437  
Inventories, net
    8,053       5,892  
Deferred income taxes, net
    888       2,213  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    2,034       1,835  
                 
Total current assets
    48,358       74,377  
                 
Property and equipment, net
    32,345       25,412  
Long-term investment securities available for sale
    15,570       3,037  
Long-term deferred income taxes, net
    5,597       3,238  
Goodwill, net
    4,292       308  
Other intangible assets, net
    898       288  
Other assets
    36       36  
Restricted cash, non-current
          1,350  
                 
Total assets
  $ 107,096     $ 108,046  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 1,152     $ 1,857  
Accrued liabilities
    12,009       11,449  
Deferred revenue
    2,529       2,684  
                 
Total current liabilities
    15,690       15,990  
Accrued liabilities, net of current portion
    422       251  
                 
Total liabilities
    16,112       16,241  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued
           
Common stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 60,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 32,036,900 shares in 2008 and 31,416,877 shares in 2007
    32       31  
Additional paid-in capital
    163,651       157,851  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (2,155 )     512  
Accumulated deficit
    (70,544 )     (66,589 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    90,984       91,805  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 107,096     $ 108,046  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Revenue
  $ 104,010     $ 82,874     $ 63,490  
Cost of revenue
    29,389       21,956       16,955  
                         
Gross profit
    74,621       60,918       46,535  
Operating expenses:
                       
Selling, general, and administrative
    63,600       50,048       39,824  
Purchased in-process research and development
    3,849              
Research, development, and other technology
    13,449       10,814       9,910  
                         
Total operating expenses
    80,898       60,862       49,734  
                         
Operating (loss) income
    (6,277 )     56       (3,199 )
                         
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest income
    1,668       2,633       1,954  
Other, net
    (52 )     (35 )     (37 )
                         
      1,616       2,598       1,917  
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (4,661 )     2,654       (1,282 )
Income tax benefit (expense)
    706       4,575       (165 )
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )
                         
(Loss) earnings per share:
                       
Net (loss) income per share, basic
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
                         
Net (loss) income per share, diluted
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.21     $ (0.05 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    31,825,722       31,224,598       29,130,172  
Diluted
    31,825,722       33,782,951       29,130,172  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

 
 
                                                         
                      Accumulated
                   
                      Other
                   
                Additional
    Comprehensive
          Comprehensive
    Total
 
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Income
    Accumulated
    Income
    Shareholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     (Loss)     Deficit     (Loss)     Equity  
    (In thousands, except share amounts)  
 
Balances at January 1, 2006
    26,250,924     $ 26     $ 99,674     $ (145 )   $ (72,371 )           $ 27,184  
Exercise of stock options
    428,834       1       1,753                           1,754  
Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan
    78,108             554                           554  
Shares redeemed/retired
    (43,918 )           (471 )                         (471 )
Shares issued in secondary public offering
    4,140,000       4       51,746                           51,750  
Stock issuance costs
                (3,918 )                         (3,918 )
Paid in capital from stock-based compensation expense
                2,663                           2,663  
Options granted for consulting services
                10                           10  
Net loss
                            (1,447 )   $ (1,447 )     (1,447 )
Unrealized gain on investment securities
                      25             25       25  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      184             184       184  
                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                $ (1,238 )      
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2006
    30,853,948       31       152,011       64       (73,818 )             78,288  
Exercise of stock options
    463,081             1,712                           1,712  
Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan
    99,848             948                           948  
Paid in capital from stock-based compensation expense
                3,180                           3,180  
Net income
                            7,229     $ 7,229       7,229  
Unrealized gain on investment securities
                      101             101       101  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      347             347       347  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                                $ 7,677        
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2007
    31,416,877       31       157,851       512       (66,589 )             91,805  
Exercise of stock options
    489,248       1       2,392                           2,393  
Shares purchased under employee stock purchase plan
    130,775             640                           640  
Paid in capital from stock-based compensation expense
                2,768                           2,768  
Net loss
                            (3,955 )   $ (3,955 )     (3,955 )
Unrealized loss on investment securities
                      (2,109 )           (2,109 )     (2,109 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      (558 )           (558 )     (558 )
                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                $ (6,622 )      
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2008
    32,036,900     $ 32     $ 163,651     $ (2,155 )   $ (70,544 )           $ 90,984  
                                                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    7,383       4,778       2,953  
Stock-based compensation expense
    2,768       3,180       2,663  
In-process research and development
    3,849              
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories
    87       219       129  
Deferred income taxes
    (1,034 )     (4,693 )     89  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Trade accounts receivable, net
    (878 )     (3,090 )     (3,079 )
Inventories
    (1,964 )     (1,008 )     (2,193 )
Equipment held for rental or loan, net
    (7,715 )     (7,314 )     (6,639 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (115 )     (445 )     (791 )
Other assets
          30       68  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    594       204       1,522  
Deferred revenue
    (117 )     658       52  
                         
Net cash used in operating activities
    (1,097 )     (252 )     (6,673 )
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Proceeds from maturity of investment securities
    13,335       44,366       8,811  
Purchases of investment securities
    (19,000 )     (14,177 )     (44,524 )
Capital expenditures
    (5,133 )     (4,449 )     (3,545 )
Purchase of Kensey Nash endovascular product line
    (11,652 )            
Purchase of other intangible assets
          (275 )     (25 )
Restricted cash
          (1,350 )      
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (22,450 )     24,115       (39,283 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock to employees
    3,033       2,660       1,837  
Net proceeds from secondary stock offering
                47,832  
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    3,033       2,660       49,669  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (30 )     135       103  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (20,544 )     26,658       3,816  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    36,657       9,999       6,183  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 16,113     $ 36,657     $ 9,999  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $     $     $ 387  
Cash paid during the year for income taxes
    433       270       95  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
(a)   Organization, Nature of Business, and Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Spectranetics Corporation, a Delaware corporation, its wholly owned subsidiary, Spectranetics International, B.V. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH (collectively, the Company). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s primary business is the design, manufacture, and marketing of single use medical devices used in minimally invasive surgical procedures within the vascular system in conjunction with its proprietary excimer laser system.
 
(b)   Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the carrying amount of investments, property and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, valuation allowances for receivables, inventories and deferred income tax assets, stock-based compensation, and accrued royalty expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
(c)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents of approximately $14.3 million and $34.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, consist primarily of money market accounts and bank deposits stated at cost, which approximates fair value. At times the Company maintains deposits in financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits.
 
(d)   Investment Securities
 
Investment securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were classified as available-for-sale for purposes of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and, accordingly are carried at fair value. The difference between cost and fair value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss on investment securities and recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2008, the accumulated unrealized loss on investment securities totaled $2.1 million and at December 31, 2007, the accumulated unrealized gain totaled $44,000. The Company’s current investment securities as of December 31, 2008 are comprised of U.S. government agency notes as well as certificates of deposit, which have contractual maturities that range from one to twelve months.
 
The Company’s non-current investment securities at December 31, 2008 are comprised of auction rate securities backed by student loans for which, beginning in February 2008, auctions failed because sell orders exceeded buy orders. The funds associated with these failed auctions will not be accessible until the issuer calls the security, a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the security matures. This has resulted in an illiquid asset for the Company, even though the Company continues to earn interest on these securities according to their stated terms. Because of this lack of liquidity, the balance of the Company’s auction rate securities is classified as a long-term asset at December 31, 2008.
 
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures


F-7


Table of Contents

about fair value measurements for financial instruments effective January 1, 2008. The framework requires for the valuation of investments using a three tiered approach in the valuation of investments.
 
See further discussion of the Company’s accounting for investment securities in Note 3 below.
 
(e)   Trade Accounts Receivable
 
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an aging of accounts receivable, historical experience and management judgment. Accounts receivable balances are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is remote. The allowance for sales returns is determined based upon an analysis of revenue transactions and historical experience of sales returns and price adjustments. Write-offs to customer account balances for returns and price adjustments are charged against the allowance for sales returns.
 
(f)   Inventory
 
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method.
 
(g)   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets of three to five years for manufacturing equipment, equipment held for rental or loan, computers, and furniture and fixtures. The building is depreciated using the straight-line method over its remaining estimated useful life of 20 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.
 
(h)   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), as of January 1, 2002. Pursuant to SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142. SFAS 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Intangible assets, which consist primarily of patents, are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 5 to 17 years.
 
See further discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets in Note 6 below.
 
(i)   Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). SFAS 144 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flows from such asset are separately identifiable and are less than the carrying value. Fair value is determined by reference to quoted market prices, if available, or the utilization of certain valuation techniques such as cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. No impairments of long-lived assets have been recognized.


F-8


Table of Contents

(j)   Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash consists of an escrow fund established pursuant to the jury award and our appeal in the Rentrop case, which is discussed in Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies”. In February 2009, $0.6 million was disbursed to Dr. Rentrop pursuant to the jury award.
 
(k)   Financial Instruments
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the carrying value of financial instruments approximates the fair value of the instruments based on terms and related interest rates. Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, trade accounts receivable and accounts payable.
 
(l)   Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from the sale of the Company’s disposable products is recognized when products are shipped to the customer and title transfers. In general, customers do not have a right of return for credit or refund. However, the Company allows returns under certain circumstances and records a provision for sales returns based on historical returns experience. Revenue from the sale of excimer laser systems is recognized after completion of contractual obligations, which generally include delivery and installation of the systems. The Company’s field service engineers are responsible for installation of each laser. The Company generally provides a one-year warranty on laser sales, which includes parts, labor and replacement gas. The fair value of this service is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the related warranty period and warranty costs are expensed in the period they are incurred. Upon expiration of the warranty period, the Company offers similar service to its customers under service contracts or on a fee-for-service basis. Revenue from warranty service and service contracts is initially recorded as deferred revenue and recognized on a straight-line basis over the related service contract period, which is generally one year. Revenue from fee-for-service arrangements is recognized upon completion of the related service.
 
The Company offers four laser system placement programs, which are described below, in addition to the sale of laser systems:
 
Cap-Free rental program — Under this program, the Company retains title to the laser system and the customer agrees to a catheter price list that includes a per-unit surcharge. Customers are expected but not required to make minimum purchases of catheters at regular intervals, and the Company reserves the right to have the unit returned should the minimum purchases not be made. The Company recognizes the total surcharge as rental revenue upon shipment of the catheters, believing it to be the best measurement of revenue associated with the customers’ use of the laser unit for the month. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment, and depreciation expense is included in cost of revenue based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending upon whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred. As of December 31, 2008, 230 laser units were in place under the Cap-Free program.
 
Evergreen rental program — Rental revenue under this program varies on a sliding scale depending on the customer’s catheter purchases each month. Rental revenue is invoiced on a monthly basis and revenue is recognized upon invoicing. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment, and depreciation expense is included in cost of revenue based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending on whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred. As of December 31, 2008, 78 laser units were in place under the Evergreen program.
 
Straight rental program  — The Company also offers a straight monthly rental program and there are a certain number of hospitals that pay rent of $2,500 to $5,000 per month under this program. As of December 31, 2008, 80 laser units were in place under the straight rental program.
 
Evaluation program — The Company “loans” laser systems to institutions for use over a short period of time, usually three to six months. The loan of the equipment is to create awareness of our products and their capabilities, and no revenue is earned or recognized in connection with the placement of a loaned laser, although sales of


F-9


Table of Contents

disposable products result from the laser placement. The laser unit is transferred to the equipment held for rental or loan account upon shipment and depreciation expense is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense based upon a three to five year expected life of the unit, depending on whether it is a remanufactured unit or a new laser unit. Costs to maintain the equipment are expensed as incurred. As of December 31, 2008, 99 laser units were in place under the evaluation program.
 
The Company accounts for service provided during the one-year warranty period as a separate unit of accounting in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Bulletin (EITF) No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (EITF 00-21). As such, the fair value of this service is deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the related warranty period and warranty costs are expensed in the period they are incurred. Revenue allocated to the laser element is recognized upon completion of all contractual obligations in the sales contract, which generally includes delivery and installation of the laser system. Revenue recognized associated with service to be performed during the warranty period totaled $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company sells to end-users in the United States and internationally as well as to certain international distributors. Sales to international distributors represented approximately 6% of the Company’s worldwide sales in 2008. Distributor agreements are in place with each distributor, which outline the significant terms of the transactions between the distributor and the Company. The terms and conditions of sales to the Company’s international distributors do not differ materially from the terms and conditions of sales to its domestic and international end-user customers. Sales to distributors are recognized either at shipment or a later date in accordance with the agreed upon contract terms with distributors, provided that the Company has received an order, the price is fixed or determinable, collectibility of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured, all contractual obligations have been met and the Company can reasonably estimate returns. The Company provides products to its distributors at agreed wholesale prices and does not typically provide any special right of return or exchange, discounts, significant sales incentives, price protection or stock rotation rights to any of its distributors.
 
(m)   Royalty Liability
 
The Company licenses certain patents from various licensors pursuant to license agreements. Royalty expense is calculated pursuant to the terms of the license agreements. The Company has established reserves for royalty payment obligations based on these calculations, which involve management estimates that require judgment.
 
(n)   Stock-Based Compensation
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123(R)) which requires companies to measure all employee stock-based compensation awards using a fair value method and record such expense in their consolidated financial statements. SFAS 123(R) focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains employee services in share-based payment transactions. SFAS 123(R) does not change the accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in SFAS 123. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) relating to SFAS 123(R). The Company has applied the provisions of SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS 123(R) to its valuation methods.
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires recognition of expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption.
 
SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The Company estimates the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes options pricing model. The estimated value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking into consideration estimated forfeitures based on the Company’s historical forfeiture rate, is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
 
See further discussion and disclosures in Note 9.


F-10


Table of Contents

(o)   Research and Development
 
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $8.1 million, $6.7 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. In 2008, the Company also expensed $3.8 million of in-process research and development purchased as part of the Kensey Nash acquisition (see further discussion in Note 2). The Company also sponsors clinical trials intended to obtain the necessary clinical data required to obtain approval from the Food and Drug Administration and other foreign governing bodies to market new applications for its technology. Costs associated with these clinical trials totaled $3.3 million, $2.5 million and $2.2 million, during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
(p)   Foreign Currency Translation
 
The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Certain transactions of the Company and its subsidiaries are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Realized gains and losses from these transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations as they occur.
 
Spectranetics International, B.V. and Spectranetics Deutschland GmbH used their local currency (euro) as their functional currency for the years presented. Accordingly, net assets are translated to U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates while income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Adjustments resulting from these translations are reflected in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
(q)   Advertising Costs
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising costs of approximately $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $0.3 million were expensed in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
(r)   Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the use of the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and research and development and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.
 
A valuation allowance is required to the extent it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
See further discussion and disclosures in Note 14.
 
(s)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the fair value measurement and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which establishes specific criteria for the fair value measurements of financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are already subject to fair value measurements under current accounting rules. SFAS 157 also requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB approved FASB Staff Position (FSP) SFAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which allows companies to elect a one-year delay in applying SFAS 157 to certain fair value measurements, primarily related to nonfinancial instruments. The Company elected the delayed adoption date for the portions of SFAS 157 impacted by FSP SFAS 157-2. The partial adoption of SFAS 157 was prospective and did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company expects that the application of the deferred portion of SFAS 157 to the nonrecurring fair value measurements of its nonfinancial assets and liabilities will not have a material impact on the Company’s


F-11


Table of Contents

financial statements. In accordance with FSP SFAS 157-2, the fair value measurements for nonfinancial assets and liabilities will be adopted effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active. FSP SFAS 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157, which the Company adopted as of January 1, 2008, in situations where the market is not active. The Company has considered the guidance provided by FSP SFAS 157-3 in its determination of estimated fair values as of December 31, 2008. See Note 3, “Investment Securities,” for further discussion.
 
Also effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 creates a “fair value option” under which an entity may elect to record certain financial assets or liabilities at fair value upon their initial recognition. Subsequent changes in fair value would be recognized in earnings as those changes occur. The election of the fair value option would be made on a contract-by contract basis and would need to be supported by concurrent documentation or a preexisting documented policy. SFAS 159 requires an entity to separately disclose the fair value of these items on the balance sheet or in the footnotes to the financial statements and to provide information that would allow the financial statement user to understand the impact on earnings from changes in the fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value option for any of our financial assets or liabilities.
 
In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 07-3, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Good or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities. This Issue requires that nonrefundable advance payments for research and development activities be deferred and capitalized. Such amounts should be recognized as an expense as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed or when the goods or services are no longer expected to be provided. This Issue was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008, and is to be applied prospectively for new contracts entered into after that date. The adoption of this consensus did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
In December 2007 the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)). Under SFAS 141(R), an entity is required to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies, and contingent consideration at their fair value on the acquisition date. It further requires that acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred, restructuring costs generally be expensed in periods subsequent to the acquisition date, and changes in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period impact income tax expense. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) will change the accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis beginning in 2009 for calendar year-end entities. The effects are presumed to be material to the accounting for future business acquisitions and will also increase future income statement volatility upon consummation of future business acquisitions.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS 162). This statement is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP for nongovernmental entities. Prior to the issuance of SFAS No. 162, GAAP hierarchy was defined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement on Auditing Standards (“SAS”) No. 69, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. SFAS 162 was adopted by the Company effective November 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
NOTE 2 — BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
On May 30, 2008, the Company acquired the endovascular product lines of Kensey Nash Corporation (KNC) for approximately $11.7 million, including acquisition costs of $0.8 million and including a first milestone payment of $1.0 million paid to KNC in October 2008 (see further discussion of milestone payments below). The acquired products consist of (1) QuickCattm, an aspiration catheter used in the treatment of coronary and peripheral thrombus; (2) ThromCat®, a thrombectomy catheter system designed to remove more organized thrombus or blood clots from a patient; and (3) Safe-Cross®, a product that combines optical guidance and radio frequency energy in a guidewire system to help physicians penetrate a chronic total occlusion that might otherwise be untreatable. The


F-12


Table of Contents

primary reason for the acquisition of these product lines was to leverage the Company’s existing sales organization while extending its product offering in the area of thrombus management. The operating results related to these products have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
 
The aggregate purchase price has been allocated to the net assets acquired and in process research and development (IPRD) purchased as follows:
 
         
Tangible assets
  $ 3,016  
In-process research and development (IPRD)
    3,849  
Goodwill
    3,984  
Intangible assets:
       
Customer relationships
    500  
Patents
    303  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 11,652  
         
 
The goodwill recognized from this acquisition resulted primarily from anticipated increases in market share and synergies of combining the acquired products with our existing products and our existing, much larger, sales force. The goodwill from this purchase is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable intangible assets are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives of three to five years.
 
At the date of acquisition, the Company immediately charged $3.8 million to expense, representing purchased IPRD related to a development project (for the next-generation ThromCat, with a fixed core) that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had, in management’s opinion, no alternative future use. The assigned value was determined by estimating the costs to develop the acquired in-process technologies into commercially viable products, estimating the net cash flows from such projects, and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. Separate projected cash flows were prepared for both the existing as well as the in-process project. The key assumptions used in the valuation include, among others, the expected completion date of the in-process project identified as of the acquisition date, the estimated costs to complete the project, revenue contributions and expense projections assuming the resulting product has entered the market, and the discount rate based on the risks associated with the development life cycle of the in-process technology acquired.
 
Specifically, revenue and cash flows from the in-process project are currently expected to commence in 2009 following anticipated regulatory approval for the fixed core ThromCat in Europe. Revenue and cash flows in the U.S. are not expected to be significant until FDA approval is received and the indications for use of the product are expanded, if at all. The timing for expanding the indications for the fixed core ThromCat is dependent upon the FDA approval timeline, which has not yet been determined. Product costs used in the cash flow analysis consisted of the amounts provided for in the manufacturing agreement between KNC and the Company, entered into at the same time as the Asset Purchase Agreement between the two companies. The discount rate used in the present value calculations was obtained from a weighted-average cost of capital analysis, adjusted upward to account for the inherent uncertainties surrounding the successful development of the in-process research and development, the expected profitability levels of such technologies, and the uncertainty of technological advances that could potentially impact the estimates. Projected net cash flows for each project were based on estimates of revenues and operating profit (loss) related to such projects. During the third and fourth quarters of 2008, there was no material change in the status of the project that provided the basis for the value assigned to the acquired IPRD.
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements include results from the acquired product lines from the date of acquisition, May 30, 2008. The following unaudited pro forma information sets forth the combined revenue of Spectranetics’ and the acquired Kensey Nash product operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each of the periods presented. The unaudited revenue for 2008 is comprised of (i) Spectranetics’ historical revenue for the periods ending May 30, 2008, (ii) the acquired Kensey Nash products’ historical revenue for the periods ending May 30, 2008 and (iii) the Company’s actual revenue for the period from May 31, 2008 through December 31, 2008. The pro forma information presented is not necessarily indicative of that which would have been attained had the transaction occurred at an earlier date.


F-13


Table of Contents

Revenue from the Kensey Nash products subsequent to the acquisition date is included in our reported vascular intervention disposable products revenue and totaled $3.2 million in 2008.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales
  $ 106,645     $ 87,970     $ 65,115  
 
Historically, the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business was comprised of components of the KNC business and was not operated as a separately identifiable business segment. KNC operations and products were aggregated into a single reportable segment since they have similar economic characteristics, production processes, types of customers and distributions methods. As a result, by letter dated August 7, 2008 (the “August 7, 2008 letter”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) granted the Company’s request to provide limited financial information with regard to the acquisition of the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business for the historical periods called for by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, and such information was provided in our filing on Form 8-K/A on September 19, 2008. The SEC stated in the August 7, 2008 letter that it would waive the requirement set forth in Article 11 of Regulation S-X for pro forma statements of operations if such a presentation would require forward-looking information in order to meaningfully present the pro forma effect of the acquisition of the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business. Additionally, the SEC encouraged a presentation of forward-looking information regarding the revenues and expenses of the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business as reorganized under the Spectranetics’ corporate structure and management. Management concluded that forward-looking information would be required to meaningfully present the pro forma effect of the acquisition of the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business on the historical statements of operations of the Company. As a result, only a pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2008 was furnished in the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on September 19, 2008 along with a discussion of certain supplemental forward-looking information regarding the revenues and expenses of the Kensey Nash Endovascular Business as reorganized under the corporate structure and management of Spectranetics.
 
Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company will pay KNC an additional $6 million once cumulative sales of the acquired products reach $20 million, and up to $7 million is payable based on various product development and regulatory milestones associated with the next generation ThromCat devices. These payments will be recorded as additional goodwill. The first milestone, related to the development of a next-generation version of the SafeCross system, was achieved by KNC in October 2008 and as a result, the Company made a $1.0 million payment to KNC at that date. This payment was recorded as additional goodwill and is included in the final purchase price as described above.
 
The Company simultaneously entered into a Manufacturing and License Agreement pursuant to which KNC will manufacture for the Company the endovascular products acquired by the Company under the Asset Purchase Agreement, and the Company will purchase such products exclusively from KNC for specified time periods. Additionally, the Company and KNC also entered into a Development and Regulatory Services Agreement pursuant to which KNC will conduct work to develop, on behalf of the Company, certain next-generation SafeCross and ThromCat products at KNC’s expense. The Company will own all intellectual property resulting from this development work. If clinical studies are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for those next-generation products, the costs will be shared equally by the Company and KNC. KNC additionally will be responsible, at its own expense, for regulatory filings with the FDA that are required to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA for the next-generation products.


F-14


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
At December 31, investment securities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Current investments:
               
Government agency note
  $ 3,019     $ 11,011  
Certificates of deposit
    1,346       2,332  
                 
Total current investments
  $ 4,365     $ 13,343  
Non-current investments:
               
Auction rate securities
  $ 15,570     $  
Government agency notes
          3,037  
                 
Total non-current investments
  $ 15,570     $ 3,037  
Restricted investment:
               
Certificate of deposit
  $ 1,350     $ 1,350  
                 
Total investment securities
  $ 21,285     $ 17,730  
                 
 
The restricted investment is an escrow fund established pursuant to the jury award and our appeal in the Rentrop case, which is discussed in Note 18, “Commitments and Contingencies.” In February 2009, $0.6 million was disbursed to Dr. Rentrop pursuant to the jury award.
 
The Company adopted SFAS 157 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for financial instruments effective January 1, 2008. The framework requires for the valuation of investments using a three tiered approach in the valuation of investments. The statement requires fair value measurement be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
 
Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
 
Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;
 
Level 3:  Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e. supported by little or no market activity).
 
The following table represents the fair value measurement of the Company’s investments pursuant to SFAS 157 using each of the valuation approaches as applied to each class of security:
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
          Quoted Prices in
             
    Balance at
    Active Markets for
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
    December 31,
    Identical Assets
    Observable Inputs
    Unobservable Inputs
 
    2008     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Auction Rate Securities
  $ 15,570     $     $     $ 15,570  
Government Agency Notes
    3,019       3,019              
Certificates of Deposit
    2,696       2,696              
                                 
Total
  $ 21,285     $ 5,715     $     $ 15,570  
                                 
 
The Company’s investments in government agency notes and certificates of deposit are valued using quoted active market prices.
 
The underlying assets of the auction rate securities (ARS) the Company holds are student loans, of which over 95% are guaranteed by the U.S. government under the Federal Education Loan Program. At December 31, 2008, the Company held $17.7 million of principal invested in ARS, $14.7 million of which have AAA credit ratings and


F-15


Table of Contents

$3.0 million of which have an A3 credit rating. ARS are collateralized long-term debt instruments that historically have provided liquidity through a Dutch auction process that reset the applicable interest rate at pre-determined intervals, typically every 7, 28, 35 or 49 days. Beginning in February 2008, auctions failed for the Company’s holdings because sell orders exceeded buy orders. The funds associated with these failed auctions will not be accessible until the issuer calls the security, a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the security matures. This has resulted in an illiquid asset for the Company, even though the Company continues to earn interest on these securities according to their stated terms. Because of this lack of liquidity, the balance of the Company’s auction rate securities was classified as a long-term asset at December 31, 2008.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has adjusted the $17.7 million par value of its ARS to their estimated fair market value of $15.6 million, and the $2.1 million temporary unrealized loss, of which $1.3 million was recorded in the third quarter and $0.8 million was recorded in the fourth quarter, is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within total stockholders’ equity. The reduction in fair value was deemed necessary due to the impact on the valuation of these securities of the worsening global financial crisis and the continued failure of auctions of these securities throughout 2008. The Company has recorded the loss as a temporary impairment because management currently has the intention and believes it has the ability to hold the securities until the Company is able to recover their full par value.
 
The fair value for the Company’s ARS at December 31, 2008 is based on pricing models prepared by an independent consultant and is classified as a Level 3 pricing category in accordance with SFAS 157. The Company utilized a discounted cash flow model to estimate the current fair market value for each of the securities it owned as there was no recent activity in the secondary markets in these types of securities. This model used unique inputs for each security including discount rate, interest rate currently being paid and estimated date to liquidation. The discount rates ranged from 4.1% to 6.0%. In order to calculate the discount rate, the Company estimated the expected yield on an average high grade municipal bond. In the Company’s view, high grade municipal bonds are the most closely comparable security to the auction rate securities contained in its portfolio because they have similar credit quality and are government-backed, as is the substantial portion of the Company’s ARS portfolio (through the FELP program). The Company utilized forecasts for the 3-month LIBOR based on the weighted average of the Bloomberg Analyst Forecasts, then estimated the spread between the 3-month LIBOR and a high-grade municipal bond to be 200 basis points, based on current and historical market data. Because the Company is currently unable to withdraw from the securities, it also added a 100 basis points illiquidity premium to the discount rate.
 
The estimated liquidation dates used in the valuation analysis as of December 31, 2008 ranged from 5 to 7 years, and were increased by two years as compared to the estimated liquidation dates used in the analysis performed by the Company as of September 30, 2008. The additional two years to expected liquidation caused an increase in the temporary impairment recorded of $0.8 million as compared to the valuation that the Company performed at September 30, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the Company also performed a sensitivity analysis in the valuation of its ARS using an estimated date to liquidation of plus or minus two years and a discount rate of plus or minus 50 basis points. The sensitivity analysis with these parameters calculated a valuation ranging from $14.6 million to $16.2 million. The Company believes that its current valuation of $15.6 million is a reasonable measure of fair value of the securities.
 
To date, the Company has collected all interest payable on outstanding ARS when due and expects to continue to do so in the future. The Company has also received three small redemptions totaling $0.3 million of one of the issues of these securities, all at par. At this time, management has no reason to believe that any of the underlying issuers of our ARS or their insurers are presently at risk or that the reduced liquidity has had a significant impact on the underlying credit quality of the assets backing the ARS. While the recent auction failures limit the Company’s ability to liquidate these investments, management believes that the ARS illiquidity will have no significant impact on its ability to fund ongoing operations and growth initiatives. If uncertainties in the credit and capital markets continue, if these markets deteriorate further or if there are any rating downgrades on any investments in the portfolio, including the Company’s ARS, the market value of the Company’s investment portfolio may decline further, which management may determine is an other-than-temporary impairment. This would result in a realized loss and would negatively affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity.


F-16


Table of Contents

For those financial instruments with significant Level 3 inputs, the following table summarizes the activity for the period (in thousands):
 
                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
    Auction Rate
       
    Securities     Total  
 
Beginning balance at January 1, 2008
  $     $  
Transfers in to Level 3
    18,000       18,000  
Total realized/unrealized losses
               
Included in earnings
           
Included in comprehensive income
    (2,130 )     (2,130 )
Redemptions (at par)
    (300 )     (300 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 15,570     $ 15,570  
                 
 
All realized gains or losses related to financial instruments whose fair value is determined based on Level 3 inputs are included in other income. All unrealized gains or losses related to financial instruments whose fair value is determined based on Level 3 inputs are included in other comprehensive income, as such unrealized losses are deemed by the Company to be temporary.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s accumulated unrealized loss on investment securities totaled $2.1 million and at December 31, 2007, the accumulated unrealized gain totaled $44,000. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, an unrealized loss of $2.1 million and unrealized gains of $101,000 and $25,000, respectively, were included in other comprehensive income.
 
NOTE 4 — INVENTORIES
 
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
 
Raw materials
  $ 2,554     $ 1,235  
Work in process
    2,813       2,876  
Finished goods
    2,919       2,050  
Less: reserves for excess and obsolete inventories
    (233 )     (269 )
                 
    $ 8,053     $ 5,892  
                 
 
NOTE 5 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
 
Land
  $ 270     $ 270  
Building and improvements
    1,264       1,264  
Manufacturing equipment and computers
    15,581       12,537  
Leasehold improvements
    4,085       1,218  
Equipment held for rental or loan
    29,447       23,420  
Furniture and fixtures
    1,419       714  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (19,721 )     (14,011 )
                 
    $ 32,345     $ 25,412  
                 


F-17


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6.7 million, $4.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively. In addition, software amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
 
NOTE 6 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Intangible Assets
 
Acquired intangible assets as of December 31 were as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
Patents
  $ 4,371     $ 4,068  
Customer relationships
    500        
Less: accumulated amortization
    (3,973 )     (3,780 )
                 
    $ 898     $ 288  
                 
 
Aggregate amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets was $193,000, $38,000 and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the next five years is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 287  
2010
    287  
2011
    190  
2012
    106  
2013
    28  
         
Total
  $ 898  
         
 
Goodwill
 
As discussed in Note 2 above, on May 30, 2008 the Company acquired the endovascular product lines of KNC for approximately $11.7 million. The aggregate purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, IPRD and goodwill. Goodwill was allocated to the two reporting segments, U.S. Medical and International Medical, based on the percentage of revenues earned in 2007, the year preceding the acquisition. Based on the analysis of U.S. and international revenues in 2007, 33% of the goodwill, or $1.3 million, was assigned to the International Medical segment. The total amount of goodwill related to the Kensey Nash acquisition at December 31, 2008 was approximately $4.0 million.
 
During 2001, the Company entered into a series of purchase and license agreements with Fogazzi, an Italian medical device manufacturer. The Company acquired certain assets from Fogazzi and has granted a license to Fogazzi for the manufacture of certain laser catheters used to treat blockages in the leg. Goodwill of $340,000 was recorded, and $32,000 of amortization expense was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2001. In accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which was adopted January 1, 2002, no amortization expense has been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the balance of goodwill related to the Fogazzi investment was $308,000.
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
          International
       
    U.S. Medical     Medical     Total  
 
Balance as of January 1, 2008
  $     $ 308     $ 308  
Goodwill acquired during the year
    2,669       1,315       3,984  
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 2,669     $ 1,623     $ 4,292  
                         


F-18


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment in accordance with the provisions of Statement 142 at least annually. At December 31, 2008 the Company performed an impairment test of its goodwill and determined that the fair values of the reporting units carrying the goodwill were greater than their carrying values. The fair values of the reporting units were estimated using the average of the closing market prices of the Company’s common stock over the last two weeks of December plus a small control premium. Therefore, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss as a result of such analysis.
 
NOTE 7 — ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31  
    2008     2007  
 
Accrued payroll and employee related expenses
  $ 5,518     $ 4,399  
Accrued royalty and litigation expense
    2,507       1,899  
Accrued legal expenses
    1,039       125  
Employee stock purchase plan liability
    480       624  
Deferred rent
    390       250  
Accrued clinical study expense
    118       116  
Accrued warranty expense
    30       35  
Accrued leasehold improvements
          1,432  
Other accrued expenses
    2,349       2,820  
Less: Long-term portion
    (422 )     (251 )
                 
Accrued liabilities: current portion
  $ 12,009     $ 11,449  
                 
 
NOTE 8 — DEFERRED REVENUE
 
Deferred revenue was $2.5 million and $2.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These amounts primarily relate to payments in advance for various product maintenance contracts in which revenue is initially deferred and recognized over the life of the contract, which is generally one year, and to deferred revenue associated with service provided to our customers during the warranty period after the sale of equipment.
 
NOTE 9 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had two stock-based compensation plans which are described below.
 
(a)   Stock Option Plan
 
The Company maintains stock option plans which provide for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. The plans provide that incentive stock options be granted with exercise prices not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Options granted through December 31, 2008 generally vest over three to four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Options granted to the Board of Directors generally vest over three years from date of grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2008, there were 488,057 shares available for future issuance under these plans. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares upon the exercise of stock options.
 
In November and December 2008, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved the issuance of 1.5 million stock options to certain of the Company’s officers and employees with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. These stock options are subject to a performance target, which will be achieved if and when the average of the closing market prices of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $9.00 per share for a period of ten consecutive trading days. The number of shares authorized under our stock option plans was insufficient to cover these grants, and therefore the options will only be exercisable subject to shareholder approval of the Sixth Amendment (“Sixth Amendment”) to


F-19


Table of Contents

the 2006 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”), which would increase the number of shares authorized under the Plan to 2.6 million. The Company will submit the Sixth Amendment to a shareholder vote at the next shareholder meeting, which is currently anticipated to be held in June 2009.
 
In accordance with SFAS 123(R), because the options are subject to shareholder approval of the Sixth Amendment, they are not deemed to be granted for accounting purposes and no compensation cost has been or will be recognized prior to shareholder approval. Therefore, these options are not included in the calculations or tabular disclosures below. Once shareholder approval has been obtained, the compensation cost associated with these options will be amortized over their remaining service period.
 
Valuation and Expense Information under SFAS 123(R)
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.8 million, $3.2 million and $2.7 million, respectively, which consisted of compensation expense related to (1) employee stock options based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period, (2) restricted stock awards issued to certain of the Company’s directors in 2008 and (3) the estimated value to be realized by employees related to shares expected to be issued under the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. The Company recognizes compensation costs for these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period. Cash received from the exercise of options and the purchase of shares through the employee stock purchase plan for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.0 million, $2.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. An income tax benefit of $0.8 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million related to the exercise of stock options during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, will be added to other paid-in capital if, and when, the tax benefit is realized.
 
The fair value of each share option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on assumptions noted in the following table. The Company’s employee stock options have various restrictions including vesting provisions and restrictions on transfers and hedging, among others, and are often exercised prior to their contractual maturity. Expected volatilities used in the fair value estimate are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercises, expected term and employee departure behavior used in the Black-Scholes pricing model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The following is a summary of the assumptions used and the weighted average grant-date fair value of the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 using the Black-Scholes pricing model:
 
                         
    Twelve Months
 
    Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Expected life (years)
    5.98       5.31       4.97  
Risk-free interest rate
    2.32 %     4.71 %     4.81 %
Expected volatility
    65.72 %     137.7 %     155.8 %
Expected dividend yield
    None       None       None  
Weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year
  $ 4.11     $ 8.88     $ 10.46  


F-20


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option and restricted stock award activity during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted Avg.
       
          Weighted
    Remaining
       
          Average
    Contractual Term
    Aggregate Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Exercise Price     (In Years)     Value  
 
Options outstanding at January 1, 2008
    3,683,855     $ 5.64                  
Granted
    689,000       7.02                  
Exercised
    (491,165 )     3.76                  
Canceled
    (265,061 )     10.65                  
                                 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008
    3,616,629     $ 5.79       4.63     $ 309,567  
                                 
Options exercisable at December 31, 2008
    2,621,880     $ 4.91       3.00     $ 280,400  
                                 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $2.61 on December 31, 2008, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable as December 31, 2008 was 472,569. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.7 million, $3.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008 there was $5.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.
 
(b)   Stock Purchase Plan
 
The Company also maintained an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) through December 31, 2008 which provided for the sale of up to 1,350,000 shares of common stock. The plan provided eligible employees the opportunity to acquire common stock in accordance with Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Stock could be purchased each six-month period per year (twice per year). The purchase price was equal to 85% of the lower of the price at the beginning or the end of the respective six-month period. Shares issued under the plan totaled 130,775, 99,848 and 78,108 in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. In 2008, the number of shares authorized under the ESPP were exhausted and, in January 2009, the Company issued the final 54,734 shares for the July-December 2008 issuance. As of December 31, 2008, the Company indefinitely suspended the ESPP, and no further shares are expected to be issued for the remainder of 2009.
 
(c)   401(k) Plan
 
The Company maintains a salary reduction savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which the Company administers for participating employees’ contributions. All full-time employees are covered under the plan after meeting minimum service requirements. The Company accrued contributions of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million to the plan in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, based on a match of 25% of the first 4% of each employee’s contribution and an additional Company discretionary match. Starting in 2009, the Company increased the employer match to 50% of the first 6% of each employee’s contribution and discontinued the discretionary match.
 
NOTE 10 — SALE OF COMMON STOCK
 
On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a public offering of 4,140,000 shares of its common stock, which included the exercise in full by the underwriters of an over-allotment option of 540,000 shares, at a price (before underwriters discounts and commissions) of $12.50 per share. The Company has used part of the net proceeds and


F-21


Table of Contents

intends to use the remaining net proceeds from the offering of approximately $47.9 million for capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes.
 
NOTE 11 — NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
The Company calculates net income (loss) per share under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share (SFAS 128). Under SFAS 128, basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Shares issued during the period and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner consistent with that of basic earnings per share while giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method.
 
Diluted income per share is the same as basic income per share for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2006 as potential common stock instruments were antidilutive as a result of the net losses incurred for those periods. Potentially dilutive common shares which have been excluded from the computation of diluted income per share as of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were 1.4 million, 0.9 million and 2.7 million because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )
                         
Common shares outstanding:
                       
Historical common shares outstanding at beginning of year
    31,417       30,854       26,251  
Weighted average common shares issued
    409       371       2,879  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic
    31,826       31,225       29,130  
Effect of dilution from stock options
          2,558        
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted
    31,826       33,783       29,130  
                         
Net (loss) income per share, basic
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.23     $ (0.05 )
Net (loss) income per share, diluted
    (0.12 )     0.21       (0.05 )
 
NOTE 12 — COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation gains and losses and unrealized gains and losses on our investment securities (primarily auction-rate securities) that are classified as available for sale securities. The differences between net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,955 )   $ 7,229     $ (1,447 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain
    (558 )     347       184  
Unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities
    (2,109 )     101       25  
                         
Comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
  $ (6,622 )   $ 7,677     $ (1,238 )


F-22


Table of Contents

The balances of each classification within accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Foreign currency
    Unrealized (loss)
    Accumulated Other
 
    translation gain
    gain on investment
    Comprehensive
 
    (loss)     securities     Income  
 
Ending balance, January 1, 2007
  $ 121     $ (57 )   $ 64  
Current period change
    347       101       448  
                         
Ending balance, December 31, 2007
    468       44       512  
Current period change
    (558 )     (2,109 )     (2,667 )
                         
Ending balance, December 31, 2008
  $ (90 )   $ (2,065 )   $ (2,155 )
                         
 
NOTE 13 — LEASES
 
The Company leases office space, furniture and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with initial terms that expire at various dates through 2017.
 
The future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2008, are as follows:
 
         
    Operating
 
    Leases  
    (In thousands)  
 
Years ending December 31:
       
2009
  $ 1,469  
2010
    1,444  
2011
    1,167  
2012
    1,093  
2013 and beyond
    3,837  
         
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 9,010  
         
 
Rent expense under operating leases totaled approximately $1.6 million, $1.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
 
In December, 2006 the Company entered into a ten-year lease agreement for a 75,000 square foot building in northern Colorado Springs, with expansion rights for an additional 40,000 square feet on the same property, at its option, during the first four years of the lease. The Company plans to consolidate all of its current U.S. operations into the new facility in two phases. All research and development, clinical studies, regulatory, marketing, sales support and administrative functions moved to the new facility in the first half of 2007. The second phase, which includes the relocation of all manufacturing and related support functions, is subject to FDA approval in some cases and is currently ongoing.
 
The original lease term will expire in April 2017. Provided the Company is not in default of any lease term, the Company has the option to extend the lease for two additional periods of five years each. Upon full occupancy of the facility in the second year of the lease, the annual base rent is $0.9 million per year, subject to annual increases of 3-4% each year.
 
NOTE 14 — INCOME TAXES
 
The sources of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ (5,716 )   $ 1,847     $ (1,532 )
Foreign
    1,055       807       250  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (4,661 )   $ 2,654     $ (1,282 )
                         


F-23


Table of Contents

Income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income (loss) before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 3     $ 61     $  
State
    307       57       76  
Foreign
    18              
                         
      328       118       76  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (1,196 )     (3,605 )     77  
State
    (155 )     (538 )     12  
Foreign
    317       (550 )      
                         
      (1,034 )     (4,693 )     89  
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (706 )   $ (4,575 )   $ 165  
                         
 
During the quarter ended June 30, 2007, the Company performed its quarterly assessment of its net deferred tax assets. After considering a number of factors, including (1) the Company’s pretax income for the six months then ended, (2) the expectation of generating pre-tax income for the full year of 2007 and beyond, which was primarily due to the FDA approval of the Company’s Turbo-Booster product, and (3) the impact of a proposed settlement with Dutch tax authorities which neared completion in the second quarter, which had enabled the Company to forecast with a higher degree of likelihood the availability and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards related to the Company’s Netherlands subsidiary, the Company concluded that an adjustment to the valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax asset was necessary in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Accordingly, the Company recorded a non-cash tax benefit in the second quarter of 2007 of $6.6 million to decrease the valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. It is recorded within income tax benefit (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.
 
Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to income (loss) before income taxes differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) before income taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Computed expected tax expense (benefit)
  $ (1,585 )   $ 903     $ (436 )
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
                       
State and local income taxes, net of federal impact
    (13 )     199       10  
Nondeductible stock compensation expense related to incentive stock options
    584       728       503  
Nondeductible expenses
    350       243       188  
Change in valuation allowance
          (6,600 )     (15 )
Impact of change in income tax rates on deferred tax rates
    719              
Impact of change in income tax rates on valuation allowance
    (719 )            
Foreign operations
    (42 )     (48 )     (85 )
                         
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (706 )   $ (4,575 )   $ 165  
                         


F-24


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 are as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
Net operating loss carryforwards — U.S. and related states
  $ 5,637     $ 7,221  
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
    4,477       5,554  
In-process research and development
    1,478        
Stock compensation expense related to nonqualified stock options
    1,467       987  
Research and experimentation tax credit
    845       924  
Deferred revenue
    949       879  
Accrued liabilities
    777       650  
Royalty reserve
    592       595  
Alternative minimum tax credit
    445       418  
Inventories
    203       43  
Equipment
    (320 )     (318 )
Other
          98  
                 
      16,550       17,051  
Less valuation allowance
    (10,065 )     (11,600 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 6,485     $ 5,451  
                 
 
An income tax benefit of $0.8 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million related to the exercise of stock options during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, will be added to other paid-in capital if, and when, the tax benefit is realized.
 
The Company reduced the valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset from $11.6 million at December 31, 2007 to $10.1 million at December 31, 2008. The Company reduced the valuation allowance by $0.4 million for U.S. net operating loss carryforwards that have expired unutilized. The Company decreased the valuation allowance by $0.4 million for credits that are subject to FIN 48. In addition, the Company adjusted the foreign tax rate which reduced the valuation allowance by $0.7 million.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company has unrestricted United States federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.7 million to reduce future taxable income which expire as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    Regular Tax
 
    Net Operating
 
    Losses  
 
Expiration date:
       
2009
  $ 8,930  
2010
    1,177  
2011
    2  
2012
     
2013 through 2028
    4,567  
         
Total
  $ 14,676  
         
 
The Company also has tax loss carryforwards in the Netherlands, which are expected to expire by 2012, of approximately $14.9 million U.S. dollars available to offset future taxable income, if any, in the Netherlands. The amount of tax loss carryforwards has been reduced from amounts previously recorded after a settlement was reached with the Netherlands taxing authority. These foreign loss carryforwards had been fully reserved with a valuation allowance, so the reduction adjustment had no impact on the Company’s income tax provision for 2008.


F-25


Table of Contents

An alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $0.4 million is available to offset future regular tax liabilities and has no expiration date. For alternative minimum tax purposes, the Company has unrestricted net operating loss carryforwards for United States federal income tax purposes of approximately $14.2 million.
 
The Company also has research and experimentation tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes at December 31, 2008 of approximately $0.8 million, which are available to reduce future federal income taxes, if any, and expire at varying dates through 2024.
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the recorded valuation allowances at December 31, 2008.
 
The FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48) which requires reporting of taxes based on tax positions which meet a more likely than not standard and which are measured at the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Differences between financial and tax reporting which do not meet this threshold are required to be recorded as unrecognized tax benefits. FIN 48 also provides guidance on the presentation of tax matters and the recognition of potential IRS interest and penalties. The provisions of FIN 48 were adopted by the Company on January 1, 2007, and had no effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations upon adoption as the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits.
 
In 2008, the Company performed a comprehensive review of its material tax positions in accordance with regulation and measurement standards established by FIN 48. As a result of this review, the Company discovered that there were certain deferred tax assets that were not properly stated. The gross and net deferred tax asset did not change as a result of the review but a reclassification was necessary to properly reflect the values of the different components of deferred tax assets. As of January 1, 2008, the company concluded it did not have any uncertain tax benefits. The change to the amount of uncertain tax benefits is related to approximately $0.8 million of its credit carryforwards and is reported as a reduction of the Company’s deferred tax asset. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax liability is as follows:
 
         
    Unrecognized Tax
 
    Liability  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $  
Additions based on tax positions related to current year
     
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    786  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
     
Settlements
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 786  
         
 
The Company classifies penalty and interest expense related to income tax liabilities as an income tax expense. There are no significant interest and penalties recognized in the statement of operations or accrued on the balance sheet.
 
The Company files tax returns in the U.S., in the Netherlands and in Germany. The tax years 2005 through 2008 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.


F-26


Table of Contents

NOTE 15 — CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk, as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement No. 105, Disclosure of Information About Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Financial Instruments with Concentration of Credit Risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, investment securities, and accounts receivable.
 
The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and investment securities consist of financial instruments issued by various institutions and government entities that management believes are credit worthy. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by these financial institutions for amounts in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Company held auction rate securities of $17.7 million par value and a fair market value of $15.6 million. The reduction in fair value was deemed necessary due to the impact on the valuation of these securities of the worsening global financial crisis and the continued failure of auctions of these securities throughout 2008. The funds associated with these failed auctions will not be accessible until the issuer calls the security, a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the security matures. This has resulted in an illiquid asset for the Company. If uncertainties in the current credit and capital markets continue, if these markets deteriorate further or if there are rating downgrades on any investments in the Company’s portfolio, including the ARS, the market value of the Company’s investment portfolio may decline further, which management may determine is an other-than-temporary impairment. This would result in a realized loss and would negatively affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
 
The Company’s investment policy is designed to limit the Company’s exposure to concentrations of credit risk.
 
The Company’s accounts receivable are due from a variety of health care organizations and distributors throughout the United States, Europe, the Middle East, Latin America and Asia. No single customer represented more than 10% of revenue or accounts receivable for any period. The Company provides for uncollectible amounts upon recognition of revenue and when specific credit problems arise. Management’s estimates for uncollectible amounts have been adequate during historical periods, and management believes that all significant credit risks have been identified at December 31, 2008.
 
The Company has not entered into any hedging transactions nor any transactions involving financial derivatives.
 
NOTE 16 — SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC REPORTING
 
An operating segment is a component of an enterprise whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. The primary performance measure used by management is net income or loss. The Company operates in one distinct line of business consisting of developing, manufacturing, marketing, and distributing of a proprietary excimer laser system for the treatment of certain coronary and vascular conditions. The Company has identified two reportable geographic segments within this line of business: (1) U.S. Medical and (2) International Medical. U.S. Medical and International Medical offer the same products and services but operate in different geographic regions and have different distribution networks. Additional information regarding each reportable segment is shown below.
 
(a)   U.S. Medical
 
Products offered by this reportable segment include an excimer laser unit (equipment), fiber-optic delivery devices (disposables), and the service of the excimer laser unit (service). The Company is subject to product approvals from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). At December 31, 2008, FDA-approved products were used in multiple vascular procedures, including coronary and peripheral atherectomy as well as the removal of infected, defective or abandoned cardiac lead wires from patients with pacemakers and cardiac defibrillators. In April 2004, the Company received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to sell fiber-optic delivery devices for the treatment of patients suffering from total occlusions (blockages) not crossable with a guide wire in their leg arteries. This segment’s customers are primarily located in the United States and Canada.


F-27


Table of Contents

U.S. Medical is also corporate headquarters for the Company. Accordingly, research and development as well as corporate administrative functions are performed within this reportable segment. As of December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, cost allocations of these functions to International Medical have not been performed.
 
Revenue associated with intersegment transfers to International Medical was $4.0 million, $3.0 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. Revenue is based upon transfer prices, which provide for intersegment profit that is eliminated upon consolidation. For each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, intersegment revenue and intercompany profits are not included in the segment information in the table shown below.
 
(b)   International Medical
 
The International Medical segment is a marketing and sales subsidiary located in the Netherlands that serves Europe as well as Latin America (including Puerto Rico), Asia and the Middle East. Products offered by this reportable segment are the same as those offered by U.S. Medical. The Company has received CE mark approval for products that relate to four applications of excimer laser technology — coronary atherectomy, in-stent restenosis, lead management, and peripheral atherectomy to clear blockages in leg arteries.
 
Summary financial information relating to reportable segment operations is shown below. Intersegment transfers as well as intercompany assets and liabilities are excluded from the information provided (in thousands):
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue:
                       
Equipment
  $ 6,440     $ 4,603     $ 4,095  
Disposable Products:
                       
Vascular Interventions
    52,012       43,842       30,833  
Lead Management
    23,835       17,583       14,481  
Service
    8,611       7,574       6,330  
Other, net of provision for sales returns
    (622 )     (603 )     (319 )
                         
Subtotal — U.S. Medical
    90,276       72,999       55,420  
                         
Equipment
    2,197       1,688       1,781  
Disposable Products:
                       
Vascular Interventions
    5,420       3,619       2,575  
Lead Management
    5,062       3,590       2,754  
Service
    1,006       889       822  
Other
    49       89       138  
                         
Subtotal — International Medical
    13,734       9,875       8,070  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 104,010     $ 82,874     $ 63,490  
                         
 
                         
          International
       
    U.S. Medical     Medical     Total  
 
2008
                       
Interest Income
  $ 1,660     $ 8     $ 1,668  
Interest Expense
          52       52  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    6,911       472       7,383  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    1,023       (317 )     706  
Segment net (loss) income
    (5,620 )     1,665       (3,955 )
Capital expenditures
    5,000       133       5,133  
Segment assets
  $ 96,314     $ 10,782     $ 107,096  
 


F-28


Table of Contents

                         
          International
       
    U.S. Medical     Medical     Total  
 
2007
                       
Interest Income
  $ 2,623     $ 10     $ 2,633  
Interest Expense
          18       18  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    4,341       437       4,778  
Income tax benefit
    4,023       552       4,575  
Segment net income
    5,015       2,214       7,229  
Capital expenditures
    4,359       90       4,449  
Segment assets
  $ 101,449     $ 6,597     $ 108,046  
 
                         
          International
       
    U.S. Medical     Medical     Total  
 
2006
                       
Interest Income
  $ 1,938     $ 16     $ 1,954  
Interest Expense
          20       20  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    2,691       262       2,953  
Income tax expense
    (165 )           (165 )
Segment net (loss) income
    (3,070 )     1,623       (1,447 )
Capital expenditures
    3,500       45       3,545  
Segment assets
  $ 87,884     $ 3,610     $ 91,494  
 
In 2008, 2007, and 2006, no individual customer represented 10% or more of consolidated revenue. There were no individual countries, other than the United States, that represented at least 10% of consolidated revenue in 2008, 2007, or 2006. Long-lived assets, other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets, located in foreign countries are concentrated in Europe, and totaled $3.6 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
NOTE 17 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid $117,000, $97,000 and $90,000, respectively, to a director of the Company under an agreement whereby the director agreed to provide training services to outside physicians on behalf of the Company. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company owed $26,000 and $24,000, respectively, to this director under the consulting agreement.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company purchased a patent from a director of the Company in the amount of $150,000, which includes provisions for royalties to be paid to the director based on the sales of the Company’s products that use inventions claimed by the patent. During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company paid $25,000 and $-0-, respectively, in royalties to this director, and as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company owed $-0- to him.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company paid $65,000 in fees to a consulting firm in which a director of the Company is a partner. The fees related to work done by the consulting firm in connection with the evaluation of a new market opportunity.
 
NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Federal Investigation
 
On September 4, 2008, the Company was jointly served by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) with a search warrant issued by the United States District Court, District of Colorado.

F-29


Table of Contents

The search warrant requested information and correspondence relating to: (i) the promotion, use, testing, marketing and sales regarding certain of the company’s products for the treatment of in-stent restenosis, payments made to medical personnel and an identified institution for this application, (ii) the promotion, use, testing, experimentation, delivery, marketing and sales of catheter guidewires and balloon catheters manufactured by certain third parties outside of the United States, (iii) two post-market studies completed during the period from 2002 to 2005 and payments to medical personnel in connection with those studies and (iv) compensation packages for certain of the company’s personnel. Spectranetics is cooperating with the appropriate authorities regarding this matter.
 
Securities Class Actions
 
On September 23, 2008 (Hancook v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), September 24, 2008 (Donoghue v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), September 26, 2008 (Dickson v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), October 17, 2008 (Jacobusse v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.), and on November 6, 2008 (Posner v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.) securities class action lawsuits were filed against the Company, John Schulte and Guy Childs in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. Donoghue also names Jonathan McGuire and Donald Fletcher as defendants, and Jacobusse also names Emile Geisenheimer as a defendant. On September 25, 2008 (Genesee County Employees’ Retirement System v. The Spectranetics Corp. et al.) a securities class action lawsuit was filed against the Company, John Schulte and Guy Childs in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. This case was subsequently transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Colorado and all six cases were consolidated into one case (In re Spectranetics Corporation Securities Litigation) in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado on January 16, 2009. The Court has not yet appointed a lead plaintiff or lead counsel.
 
The complaints allege that the defendants either failed to disclose or made false and misleading statements about the Company’s business operations and financial performance including, among other things, that the Company was improperly marketing, promoting and testing its products and the products of third parties for unapproved use; the Company received parts from international sources in violation of customs laws; the Company lacked effective regulatory compliance controls and adequate internal and financial controls; and that the Company’s financial results were materially inflated as a result. Plaintiffs seek class certification, compensatory damages, legal fees and other relief deemed proper. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter.
 
Stockholder Derivative Action
 
On September 29, 2008 (Kopp v. Geisenheimer et al.) and on November 12, 2008 (Kiama v. Schulte et al.), stockholder derivative lawsuits were filed against Emile Geisenheimer, David Blackburn, R. John Fletcher, Martin Hart, Joseph Ruggio, John Schulte and Craig Walker as defendants (the “Individual Defendants”), and the Company as a nominal defendant in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. Kiama also names Guy Childs as a defendant. On January 13, 2009, a similar stockholder derivative lawsuit (Clarke v. Schulte et al.) was filed in the District Court of El Paso County, Colorado. This case was removed to the United States District Court for the District of Colorado and was consolidated with the other stockholder derivative cases on February 6, 2009. The lawsuits allege that the Individual Defendants breached their fiduciary duties, grossly mismanaged the Company, wasted corporate assets, abused their control and were unjustly enriched, as indicated by, among other things, the FDA and ICE investigation; the Company’s stock price decline following disclosure of such investigation; the Company’s receipt of an inquiry from the Securities and Exchange Commission; and the suit against the Company by its former Director of Marketing alleging the Company marketed, promoted and tested its products for unapproved uses. Plaintiff seeks damages, equitable and/or injunctive relief, restitution and disgorgement of profits, costs and disbursements of the action, and other relief deemed proper. These cases were consolidated into one case (Kopp v. Geisenheimer, et al.) in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado on November 25, 2008. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter.


F-30


Table of Contents

SEC Inquiry
 
On September 24, 2008, the Company received a request from the Denver office of the Securities and Exchange Commission for the voluntary production of certain documents. The Company complied with the request.
 
FINRA Inquiry
 
On September 16, 2008, the Company received an inquiry from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), a non-governmental market regulatory entity that provides market regulation for The NASDAQ Stock Market, relating to activity in the Company’s stock on September 4, 2008. The Company is cooperating with the inquiry.
 
Schlesinger Matters
 
A complaint was filed on September 5, 2008, in El Paso County, District Court, Colorado, by Scott Schlesinger, a former employee. The complaint names the Company, its General Counsel and its Chief Operating Officer as defendants. The complaint, Scott Schlesinger v. The Spectranetics Corporation, et al, alleges wrongful termination, breach of contract and promissory estoppel, among other claims, and includes allegations similar in nature to the matters the Company believes are being investigated by the FDA and ICE, as discussed above. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages. The Company filed its response to the complaint on September 19, 2008. Spectranetics intends to vigorously defend itself against the claims in the complaint.
 
The plaintiff in Schlesinger also filed a claim with the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in Denver, Colorado in May 2008 alleging discriminatory employment practices by the Company in violation of federal law based on essentially the same claims as those being investigated by the FDA and ICE, as discussed above. The claim sought an unspecified amount of damages. The Company filed an initial response to the claim in late June 2008. The complaint was dismissed on December 5, 2008, and as the plaintiff failed to appeal, the dismissal is final.
 
Both Schlesinger matters arise from concerns about certain company activities raised by a former company employee in April 2008. At that time, an independent committee of the Board retained outside counsel with extensive experience in FDA rules to look into the matters. This review is ongoing.
 
On October 29, 2008, the Company was notified that the spouse of the plaintiff in Schlesinger filed a claim with OSHA in Denver, Colorado alleging discriminatory employment practices against the Company in violation of federal law. In addition, on November 12, 2008, she filed a Complaint with the Colorado Division of Civil Rights alleging marital discrimination. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself against these allegations.
 
Rentrop
 
In January 2004, Dr. Peter Rentrop filed a complaint for patent infringement against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “New York Court”). The complaint alleges that certain of our Point 9 laser devices infringe a patent held by Dr. Rentrop. After various legal proceedings and an attempt at mediation, the case was returned to the New York Court for trial, which began in late November 2006. In December 2006, the trial was concluded and the jury returned a verdict in favor of Dr. Rentrop, awarding him a total of $650,000 plus royalties and interest. In September 2007, the judge ruled on several post-trial motions and accepted the verdict, except for $150,000 of legal fees, which were denied. The Company filed an appeal to the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals on September 3, 2008. On December 18, 2008 the Court of Appeals upheld the District Court’s ruling. The Company’s rights of further appeal will be exhausted in March 2009. Based on the jury award, District Court rulings on interest and costs, and royalties on the sale of certain of our Point 9 laser devices, damages due Dr. Rentrop are approximately $0.9 million, which has been accrued in our financial statements at December 31, 2008. In February 2009, $0.6 million of this amount was paid to Dr. Rentrop.


F-31


Table of Contents

Cardiomedica
 
The Company has been engaged in a dispute with Cardiomedica S.p.A. (Cardiomedica), an Italian company, over the existence of a distribution agreement between Cardiomedica and Spectranetics. Cardiomedica originally filed the suit in July 1999, and the lower court’s judgment was rendered on April 3, 2002. In June 2004, the Court of Appeal of Amsterdam affirmed the lower court’s opinion that an exclusive distributor agreement for the Italian market was entered into between the parties for the three-year period ending December 31, 2001, and that Cardiomedica may exercise its right to compensation from Spectranetics BV for its loss of profits during such three-year period. The appellate court awarded Cardiomedica the costs of the appeal, which approximated $20,000, and has referred the case back to the lower court for determination of the loss of profits. Cardiomedica had asserted lost profits of approximately 1.3 million euros, which was based on their estimate of potential profits during the three-year period. In December 2006, the court made an interim judgment which narrowed the scope of Cardiomedica’s claim from their original claim of lost profits associated with 10 hospitals down to lost profits on two hospitals during the period from 1999 to 2001. We currently estimate the loss in this case to be approximately $0.5 million, an amount which is based on the final report of a Court-appointed expert which was submitted to the Court during the second quarter of 2008, and which we expect to be followed closely by the Court in reaching its verdict as to the amount of damages. The Court plans to set a hearing during the second quarter of 2009 to continue its deliberation of the expert’s report. We have accrued the $0.5 million estimate of the loss and such amount is included in accrued liabilities at December 31, 2008.
 
Kenneth Fox
 
The Company and its Dutch subsidiary are defendants in a lawsuit brought in the District Court of Utrecht, the Netherlands (“the Dutch District Court”) by Kenneth Fox. Mr. Fox is an inventor named on patents licensed to Spectranetics under a license agreement assigned to Interlase LP. In this action, Mr. Fox claims an interest in royalties payable under the license and seeks alleged back royalties of approximately $2.2 million. However, in an earlier interpleader action, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, Alexandria Division, has already decided that any royalties owing under the license should be paid to a Special Receiver for Interlase. We have made all such payments. The United States District Court has also twice held Mr. Fox in contempt of the Court’s permanent injunction that bars him from filing actions like the pending action in the Netherlands, and the Court has ordered Mr. Fox to dismiss the Dutch action and to pay our costs and expenses. Mr. Fox has not yet complied with the United States District Court’s contempt orders. In August 2006, the Dutch District Court ruled that it does not have jurisdiction over The Spectranetics Corporation (U.S. corporation) and that proceedings would move forward on the basis of jurisdiction over Spectranetics B.V. only, which the Company believed significantly narrowed the scope of the claim. Mr. Fox appealed the Dutch District Court’s jurisdiction decision. In April 2008, the Dutch Court of Appeal in Amsterdam ruled that the Dutch District Court does have jurisdiction over Spectranetics U.S., and the Court of Appeal referred the matter back to the Dutch District Court for further proceedings and decision involving both companies.
 
The Company is considering its options in light of the Court of Appeal’s decision at the appropriate levels in the Dutch courts. The Company intends to continue to vigorously defend the Dutch action.
 
Other
 
The Company is involved in other legal proceedings in the normal course of business and does not expect them to have a material adverse effect on our business.


F-32


Table of Contents

NOTE 19 — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Additions
             
    Beginning
    Charged to
          Balance at
 
Description
  of Year     Expense     Deductions     End of Year  
          (In thousands)        
 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Accrued royalty and litigation liability
    3,064       1,905       3,679       1,290  
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
    435       305       413       327  
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Accrued royalty and litigation liability
    1,290       1,721       1,112       1,899  
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
    327       760       486       601  
Year ended December 31, 2008:
                               
Accrued royalty and litigation liability
    1,899       2,063       1,455       2,507  
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
    601       848       695       754  
 
NOTE 20 — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
                                                                 
    2008     2007  
    Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4     Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4  
                (In thousands, except per share amounts)              
 
Net sales
  $ 23,831     $ 26,698     $ 26,836     $ 26,645     $ 17,365     $ 20,373     $ 21,226     $ 23,910  
Gross profit
    17,156       19,172       19,217       19,076       12,730       15,260       15,771       17,157  
Net (loss) income
    (405 )     (2,641 )     183       (1,092 )     (65 )     7,152       231       (89 )
Net (loss) income per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.08 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.03 )   $ (0.00 )   $ 0.21     $ 0.01     $ (0.00 )
Diluted
    (0.01 )     (0.08 )     0.01       (0.03 )     (0.00 )     0.21       0.01       (0.00 )


F-33


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(1)
  3 .1(a)   Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(9)
  3 .1(b)   Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(14)
  3 .2   Bylaws of the Company.(2)
  3 .2(a)   First Amendment to Bylaws.(16)
  3 .2(b)   Second Amendment to Bylaws.(17)
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Company.(3)
  10 .2(e)   Lease covering a portion of the Company’s facilities between the Company and John Sanders, dated April 19, 2006.(25)
  10 .3(d)   Amendment to lease covering a portion of the Company’s facilities between the Company and Full Circle Partnership dated May 2, 2005.(23)
  10 .8   Nonemployee Director Stock Option Plan.(6)
  10 .8(a)   Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors.(8)
  10 .9   Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended).(7)
  10 .10   The 1997 Equity Participation Plan of The Spectranetics Corporation.(12)
  10 .10(c)   Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement for Officers.(12)
  10 .10(d)   Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees.(12)
  10 .10(e)   Form of NonQualified Stock Option Agreement for Independent Directors.(12)
  10 .10(f)   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Officers.(12)
  10 .10(g)   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Employees.(12)
  10 .12   License Agreement with Pillco Limited Partnership, dated February 1, 1993 (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(5)
  10 .13   Vascular Laser Angioplasty Catheter License Agreement with Bio-Metric Systems, Inc., dated April 7, 1992 (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(4)
  10 .15   License Agreement between Medtronic, Inc. and the Company, dated February 28, 1997 (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(10)
  10 .16   License Agreement between United States Surgical Corporation and the Company, dated September 25, 1997 (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(11)
  10 .17   Supply Agreement between United States Surgical Corporation and the Company, dated September 25, 1997 (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(11)
  10 .22   First Amendment to the 1997 Equity Participation Plan.(14)
  10 .23   Second Amendment to the 1997 Equity Participation Plan.(13)
  10 .25   Third Amendment to the 1997 Equity Participation Plan.(15)
  10 .29   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and each of its directors as of May 10, 2002.(16)
  10 .30   Fourth Amendment to the 1997 Equity Participation Plan.(17)
  10 .31   Fifth Amendment to the 1997 Equity Participation Plan.(17)
  10 .32   Letter agreement dated January 20, 2003 between the Company and John G. Schulte.(18)
  10 .33   Asset purchase agreement between the Company and LaTIS, Inc.(19)
  10 .34   Settlement Agreement between the Company and Interlase Limited Partnership dated November 19, 2003.(20)
  10 .35   Third Amendment to Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(21)
  10 .36   Consulting Agreement dated February 14, 2005 between the Company and Dr. Craig Walker.(22)


66


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  10 .37   Settlement and Amendment to License Agreement executed in February 2005 and effective October 1, 2004 between the Company and Surmodics, Inc. (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(22)
  10 .38   Employment letter agreement between the Company and Will McGuire dated September 14, 2005.(24)
  10 .39   Employment letter agreement between the Company and Stephen D. Okland dated February 10, 2006.(25)
  10 .40   Catheter Development Agreement dated May 3, 2006 between the Company and Bioscan Technologies Ltd. (confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this agreement).(26)
  10 .41   Agreement of Lease by and between 9965 Federal Drive, LLC and The Spectranetics Corporation dated December 29, 2006.(27)
  10 .42   Patent Purchase Agreement dated February 20, 2007 between The Spectranetics Corporation and Joseph M. Ruggio.(27)
  10 .43   The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan.(28)
  10 .44   Training Agreement between The Spectranetics Corporation and Craig M. Walker, MD, dated June 21, 2007.(29)
  10 .45   Second Amendment to The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan, dated June 19, 2007.(29)
  10 .46   Third Amendment to The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan, dated August 13, 2007.(30)
  10 .47   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement.(30)
  10 .48   Fourth Amendment to The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan dated April 15, 2008.(31)
  10 .49   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 12, 2008 by and among Kensey Nash Corporation, ILT Acquisition Sub, Inc., Kensey Nash Holding Corporation and The Spectranetics Corporation.(32)
  10 .50   Manufacturing and Licensing Agreement dated as of May 30, 2008 between Kensey Nash Corporation and The Spectranetics Corporation (confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit).(33)
  10 .51   Development and Regulatory Services Agreement dated as of May 30, 2008 between Kensey Nash Corporation and The Spectranetics Corporation (confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit).(33)
  10 .52   Fifth Amendment to The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan, dated June 18, 2008.(34)
  10 .53   Settlement Agreement and General Release dated as of August 8, 2008 between The Spectranetics Corporation and Steve Okland.(35)
  10 .54   Employment Agreement between Emile Geisenheimer and The Spectranetics Corporation, dated November 21, 2008 and effective as of October 21, 2008.(36)
  10 .55   Form of Time Vesting Stock Option Agreement, Form of Conditional Time Vesting Stock Option Agreement, and Form of Conditional Performance Vesting Stock Option Agreement.(36)
  10 .56   Form of Performance Vesting Stock Option Agreement for Employees.
  10 .57   Form of Conditional Performance Vesting Stock Option Agreement for Employees.
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23 .1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC)
  31 .1   Rule 13(a) — 14(a)/15d — 14(a) Certifications
  32 .1   Section 1350 Certifications
 
 
(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1994.
 
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed December 5, 1991 (File No. 33-44367).

67


Table of Contents

 
(3) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement, filed January 24, 1992 (File No. 33-44367).
 
(4) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed January 10, 1992 (File No. 33-44367).
 
(5) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Annual Report for 1992 on Form 10-K filed March 31, 1993.
 
(6) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed April 1, 1992 (File No. 33-46725).
 
(7) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed December 30, 1994 (File No. 33-88088).
 
(8) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed November 16, 1995 (File No. 33-99406).
 
(9) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its 1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1995.
 
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Form 10-Q for the quarter ended on March 31, 1997.
 
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Form 10-Q for the quarter ended on September 30, 1997.
 
(12) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed June 17, 1998 (File No. 333-57015).
 
(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on November 22, 2000.
 
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2001.
 
(15) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2002.
 
(16) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2002.
 
(17) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.
 
(18) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2003.
 
(19) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003.
 
(20) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2004.
 
(21) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004.
 
(22) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005.
 
(23) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005.
 
(24) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005.
 
(25) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.


68


Table of Contents

 
(26)  Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
 
(27) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 29, 2007
 
(28) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
 
(29) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2007.
 
(30) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 14, 2007
 
(31) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 filed on May 12, 2008.
 
(32) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 13, 2008.
 
(33) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2008.
 
(34) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008.
 
(35) Incorporated by reference to exhibit previously filed by the Company with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 filed on November 10, 2008.
 
(36) Incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by the Company with its Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 28, 2008.


69

EX-10.56 2 d66723exv10w56.htm EX-10.56 exv10w56
[Performance Vesting Option – Employee Form]   Exhibit 10.56
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
2006 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     The Spectranetics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2006 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“Participant”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), set forth below (the “Option”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Option Agreement”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.
                 
Participant:
               
           
 
               
Grant Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Vesting Commencement Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Exercise Price per Share:
             
         
 
               
Total Exercise Price:
             
         
 
               
Total Number of Shares
               
Subject to the Option:
       shares    
 
 
 
       
Expiration Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Type of Option:
  þ      Incentive Stock Option      o     Non-Qualified Stock Option
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  The shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable as set forth in Article III of the Stock Option Agreement.
     By his or her signature, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the Option.
                 
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION   PARTICIPANT      
 
               
By:
      By:        
 
 
 
   
 
   
Print Name:
      Print Name:        
 
 
 
           
Title:
               
 
 
 
           
Address:
      Address:        
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
               
 
       
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, The Spectranetics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an option under the Company’s 2006 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Defined Terms. Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
          (a) “Administrator” shall mean the Board or the Committee responsible for conducting the general administration of the Plan in accordance with Article 12 of the Plan; provided that if the Participant is an Independent Director, “Administrator” shall mean the Board.
          (b) The “Performance Target” shall be deemed to have been achieved if and when, prior to the expiration, cancellation or other termination of the Option, (i) the average of the closing trading prices (on the principal stock exchange on which the Stock is then listed) of a share of Stock for a period of ten (10) consecutive trading days equals or exceeds $9.00 per share, or (ii) the highest price per share of Stock paid in a transaction that results in a Change in Control equals or exceeds $9.00.
          (c) “Service” shall mean the Participant’s service with the Company as an officer, employee or consultant of the Company, or member of the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant shall be deemed to remain in continuous Service with the Company so long as he remains either an employee, consultant or member of the Board, and in the event that Participant is both an employee of the Company and a member of the Board, Participant shall not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Service (as defined below) with the Company unless and until his status as both an employee and a member of the Board has terminated.
          (d) “Termination of Service” shall mean a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement, but excluding: (a) a termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary, and (b) a termination where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to a Termination of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Service.
     1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

A-1


 

ARTICLE II.
GRANT OF OPTION
     2.1 Grant of Option. In consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.
     2.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided, however, that the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.
     2.3 Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant.
ARTICLE III.
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
     3.1 Commencement of Exercisability.
          (a) Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4, the Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows:
          (i) In the event that the Performance Target is achieved, the Option shall thereupon vest with respect to that number of shares that would have been vested as of such date had the Option been subject to the Time Vesting Schedule (as defined below), and the remaining unvested portion (if any) of the Option shall thereafter vest in accordance with the Time Vesting Schedule as if the Option had been subject to the Time Vesting Schedule since the Grant Date.
          (ii) For purposes of this Agreement, “Time Vesting Schedule” shall mean a vesting schedule providing for vesting of the Option with respect to 1/48th of the shares subject thereto on the first monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above (the “Vesting Commencement Date”) and with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares subject

A-2


 

thereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter up to and including the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date occurring on the four year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.
          (b) Except as expressly provided in Section 3.2 below, in no event shall the Option vest or become exercisable to any extent if the Performance Target is not achieved.
          (c) No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.
     3.2 Acceleration of Exercisability. Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, the Option shall, to the extent not theretofore expired, cancelled or terminated, become fully vested and exercisable in the event of (i) the achievement of the Performance Target upon a Change in Control that occurs on or prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date or (ii) a Change in Control that occurs after the second anniversary of the Grant Date (irrespective of whether the Performance Target is achieved).
     3.3 Duration of Exercisability. The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.1 are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.1 shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4.
     3.4 Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
          (a) The expiration of ten years from the Grant Date;
          (b) If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant owned (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the expiration of five years from the Grant Date;
          (c) The expiration of one year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability; or
          (d) The expiration of one year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.
     The Participant acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more that three months after the Participant’s termination of employment, other than by reason of death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
     3.5 Special Tax Consequences. The Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option (if applicable), are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. The Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence

A-3


 

shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
ARTICLE IV.
EXERCISE OF OPTION
     4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. Except as provided in Section 5.2(b), during the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4, be exercised by the Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
     4.2 Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4.
     4.3 Manner of Exercise. The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company) of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4:
          (a) An Exercise Notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;
          (b) The receipt by the Company of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4;
          (c) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law rule, or regulation; and
          (d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.
     4.4 Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
          (a) Cash;
          (b) Check;

A-4


 

          (c) With the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale;
          (d) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of other shares of Stock which have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised;
          (e) With the consent of the Administrator, surrendered shares of Stock issuable or transferable upon the exercise of the Option having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised; or
          (f) With the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration.
     4.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates. The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares of Stock or issued shares of Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
          (a) The admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed;
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;
          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;
          (d) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares of Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
     4.6 Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Stock shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for

A-5


 

which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 11.1 of the Plan.
ARTICLE V.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     5.1 Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.
     5.2 Option Not Transferable.
          (a) Subject to Section 5.2(b), the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrator, the Participant may transfer the Option (or any portion thereof) to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as defined below), subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) any portion of the Option transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) any portion of the Option which is transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Option as applicable to the Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Option); and (iii) the Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer. For purposes of this Section 5.2(b), “Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are these persons (or the Participant) and/or charitable institutions, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account any state or federal tax or securities laws applicable to transferable Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in no event shall the Option be transferable by the Participant to a third party (other than the Company) for consideration, and (ii) no transfer of an Incentive Stock Option will be permitted to the extent that

A-6


 

such transfer would cause the Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.
     5.3 Adjustments. The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article 11 of the Plan.
     5.4 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the address given beneath Participant’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.4, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 by written notice under this Section 5.4. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     5.5 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
     5.6 Governing Law; Severability. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     5.7 Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.8 Amendments, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board, provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely effect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     5.9 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.2, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     5.10 Notification of Disposition. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares of Stock or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to Participant. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the

A-7


 

amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.
     5.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule
     5.12 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     5.13 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     5.14 Section 409A. This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, if at any time the Committee determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

A-8

EX-10.57 3 d66723exv10w57.htm EX-10.57 exv10w57
[Conditional Performance Vesting Option – Employee Form]   Exhibit 10.57
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
2006 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     The Spectranetics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2006 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“Participant”), an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), set forth below (the “Option”). This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Option Agreement”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.
                 
Participant:
               
           
 
               
Grant Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Vesting Commencement Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Exercise Price per Share:
             
         
 
               
Total Exercise Price:
             
         
 
               
Total Number of Shares
               
Subject to the Option:
       shares    
 
 
 
       
Expiration Date:
               
 
 
 
       
Type of Option:
  þ Incentive Stock Option     o     Non-Qualified Stock Option
 
   
Vesting Schedule:
  The shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable as set forth in Article III of the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained in this Grant Notice or the Stock Option Agreement, the Option shall not be exercisable to any extent by anyone prior to the time that the Plan Amendment (as defined in the Stock Option Agreement) is approved by the Company’s stockholders.
     By his or her signature, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. The Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan or relating to the Option.
                 
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION   PARTICIPANT      
 
               
By:
      By:        
 
 
 
   
 
   
Print Name:
      Print Name:        
 
 
 
           
Title:
               
 
 
 
           
Address:
      Address:        
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
               
 
       
 
   

 


 

EXHIBIT A
TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is attached, The Spectranetics Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has granted to the Participant an option under the Company’s 2006 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
     1.1 Defined Terms. Wherever the following terms are used in this Agreement they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.
          (a) “Administrator” shall mean the Board or the Committee responsible for conducting the general administration of the Plan in accordance with Article 12 of the Plan; provided that if the Participant is an Independent Director, “Administrator” shall mean the Board.
          (b) The “Performance Target” shall be deemed to have been achieved if and when, prior to the expiration, cancellation or other termination of the Option, (i) the average of the closing trading prices (on the principal stock exchange on which the Stock is then listed) of a share of Stock for a period of ten (10) consecutive trading days equals or exceeds $9.00 per share, or (ii) the highest price per share of Stock paid in a transaction that results in a Change in Control equals or exceeds $9.00.
          (c) “Plan Amendment” shall mean that certain Sixth Amendment to The Spectranetics Corporation 2006 Incentive Award Plan which was adopted by the Board as of November 19, 2008, subject to approval thereof by the Company’s stockholders.
          (d) “Service” shall mean the Participant’s service with the Company as an officer, employee or consultant of the Company, or member of the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant shall be deemed to remain in continuous Service with the Company so long as he remains either an employee, consultant or member of the Board, and in the event that Participant is both an employee of the Company and a member of the Board, Participant shall not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Service (as defined below) with the Company unless and until his status as both an employee and a member of the Board has terminated.
          (e) “Termination of Service” shall mean a termination of the Participant’s Service for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement, but excluding: (a) a termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary, and (b) a termination where there is a simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship or continuing consulting relationship between the Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to a Termination of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Service.

A-1


 

     1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.
ARTICLE II.
GRANT OF OPTION
     2.1 Grant of Option. In consideration of the Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”), the Company irrevocably grants to the Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.
     2.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided, however, that the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant owns (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.
     2.3 Consideration to the Company. In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, the Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and the Participant.
ARTICLE III.
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
     3.1 Commencement of Exercisability.
          (a) Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5, the Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows:
          (i) In the event that the Performance Target is achieved, the Option shall thereupon vest with respect to that number of shares that would have been vested as of such date had the Option been subject to the Time Vesting Schedule (as defined below), and the remaining unvested portion (if any) of the Option shall thereafter vest in accordance with the Time Vesting Schedule as if the Option had been subject to the Time Vesting Schedule since the Grant Date.

A-2


 

          (ii) For purposes of this Agreement, “Time Vesting Schedule” shall mean a vesting schedule providing for vesting of the Option with respect to 1/48th of the shares subject thereto on the first monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above (the “Vesting Commencement Date”) and with respect to an additional 1/48th of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter up to and including the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date occurring on the four year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.
          (b) Except as expressly provided in Section 3.2 below, in no event shall the Option vest or become exercisable to any extent if the Performance Target is not achieved.
          (c) No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and the Participant.
     3.2 Acceleration of Exercisability. Notwithstanding Section 3.1(a) above, but subject to Section 3.5, the Option shall, to the extent not theretofore expired, cancelled or terminated, become fully vested and exercisable in the event of (i) the achievement of the Performance Target upon a Change in Control that occurs on or prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date or (ii) a Change in Control that occurs after the second anniversary of the Grant Date (irrespective of whether the Performance Target is achieved).
     3.3 Duration of Exercisability. The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.1 are cumulative. Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.1 shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4.
     3.4 Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:
          (a) The expiration of ten years from the Grant Date;
          (b) If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and the Participant owned (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the expiration of five years from the Grant Date;
          (c) The expiration of one year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, unless such termination occurs by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability; or
          (d) The expiration of one year from the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability.
     The Participant acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more that three months after the Participant’s termination of employment, other than by reason of death or total and permanent disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

A-3


 

     3.5 Stockholder Approval. The Participant acknowledges that the Option is being granted prior to approval of the Plan Amendment by the Company’s stockholders and that the Option is subject to approval of the Plan Amendment by the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date on which the Board adopted the Plan Amendment. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, this Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone prior to the time when the Plan Amendment is approved by the stockholders, and if such approval is not obtained at the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the Grant Date (or by the end of the twelve month period immediately following the date on which the Board adopted the Plan Amendment, if earlier), this Option shall thereupon automatically be cancelled and become null and void.
     3.6 Special Tax Consequences. The Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option (if applicable), are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000, the Option and such other options shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent necessary to comply with the limitations imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code. The Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking the Option and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.
ARTICLE IV.
EXERCISE OF OPTION
     4.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. Except as provided in Section 5.2(b), during the lifetime of the Participant, only the Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4, be exercised by the Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
     4.2 Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4.
     4.3 Manner of Exercise. The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company) of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.4:
          (a) An Exercise Notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;
          (b) The receipt by the Company of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4;
          (c) Any other written representations as may be required in the Administrator’s reasonable discretion to evidence compliance with the Securities Act or any other applicable law rule, or regulation; and

A-4


 

          (d) In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.
     4.4 Method of Payment. Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
          (a) Cash;
          (b) Check;
          (c) With the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate exercise price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Company, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale;
          (d) With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of other shares of Stock which have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised;
          (e) With the consent of the Administrator, surrendered shares of Stock issuable or transferable upon the exercise of the Option having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is being exercised; or
          (f) With the consent of the Administrator, property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration.
     4.5 Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates. The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares of Stock or issued shares of Stock which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares of Stock shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
          (a) The admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed;
          (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

A-5


 

          (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;
          (d) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares of Stock, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4; and
          (e) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.
     4.6 Rights as Stockholder. The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares of Stock shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares of Stock are issued, except as provided in Section 11.1 of the Plan.
ARTICLE V.
OTHER PROVISIONS
     5.1 Administration. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option.
     5.2 Option Not Transferable.
          (a) Subject to Section 5.2(b), the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrator, the Participant may transfer the Option (or any portion thereof) to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as defined below), subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) any portion of the Option transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) any portion of the Option which is transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Option as applicable to the Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Option); and (iii) the

A-6


 

Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer. For purposes of this Section 5.2(b), “Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are these persons (or the Participant) and/or charitable institutions, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account any state or federal tax or securities laws applicable to transferable Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in no event shall the Option be transferable by the Participant to a third party (other than the Company) for consideration, and (ii) no transfer of an Incentive Stock Option will be permitted to the extent that such transfer would cause the Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.
     5.3 Adjustments. The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Article 11 of the Plan.
     5.4 Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the address given beneath Participant’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.4, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 by written notice under this Section 5.4. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.
     5.5 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
     5.6 Governing Law; Severability. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.
     5.7 Conformity to Securities Laws. The Participant acknowledges that the Plan and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.
     5.8 Amendments, Suspension and Termination. To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any

A-7


 

time or from time to time by the Committee or the Board, provided, that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely effect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of the Participant.
     5.9 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth in Section 5.2, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     5.10 Notification of Disposition. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares of Stock or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to Participant. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.
     5.11 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule
     5.12 Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     5.13 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including all Exhibits thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     5.14 Section 409A. This Option is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”). However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice, if at any time the Committee determines that the Option (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to adopt such amendments to the Plan, this Agreement or the Grant Notice or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate either for the Option to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

A-8

EX-21.1 4 d66723exv21w1.htm EX-21.1 exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
THE SPECTRANETICS CORPORATION
SUBSIDIARIES
SPECTRANETICS INTERNATIONAL B.V.
Established January 1993, Incorporated June 1993
Jurisdiction: The Netherlands
SPECTRANETICS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Acquired May 2008
Jurisdiction: Germany

 

EX-23.1 5 d66723exv23w1.htm EX-23.1 exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 33-46725, 33-52718, 33-88088, 33-85198, 33-99406, 333-08489, 333-50464, 333-57015, 333-117074, 333-140022, 333-145435 and 333-155282) and Forms S-3 (Nos. 333-06971 and 333-133784) of The Spectranetics Corporation and subsidiaries of our report dated March 16, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC                    
Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC
Denver, Colorado
March 16, 2009

 

EX-31.1 6 d66723exv31w1.htm EX-31.1 exv31w1
Exhibit 31(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Emile J. Geisenheimer, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Spectranetics Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 16, 2009  /s/ Emile J. Geisenheimer    
  Emile J. Geisenheimer   
  Chief Executive Officer   

 


 

         
Exhibit 31(b)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Guy A. Childs, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Spectranetics Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 16, 2009  /s/ Guy A. Childs    
  Guy A. Childs   
  Chief Financial Officer   

 

EX-32.1 7 d66723exv32w1.htm EX-32.1 exv32w1
         
Exhibit 32.1(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
          Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of The Spectranetics Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
     (i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
     (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Dated: March 16, 2009  /s/ Emile J. Geisenheimer    
  Emile J. Geisenheimer   
  President, Chief Executive Officer   
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 


 

Exhibit 32.1(b)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
          Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of The Spectranetics Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:
     (i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
     (ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Dated: March 16, 2009   /s/ Guy A. Childs    
  Guy A. Childs   
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer   
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----